Development of Urban Settlements in Independent Nam.ibia Astrid...

Development of Urban Settlements in
Independent Nam.ibia


Astrid Seckelmann
September 2001


NEPRU OCCASIONAL PAPER NO. 20


~ .... ~ ............ ,. .,.... -
I '·;.


! ' ;


'· I , ..
!~~·.'· __


NEPRU


---r-'~~~-, - ·"- ,,.-~.---. --. . ....
) '


NEPRU Librarx


llllllllllllllllll/lllllllllllllllllllllllllilll/1
00001129


THE NAMIBIAN ECONOMIC POLICY RESEARCH UNIT
Postal: P. 0. Box 40710, Ausspannplatz, Windhoek, Namibia
Street: 59 Bahnhof, Windhoek, Namibia


Tel.: +264- 61 -228284 Fax: +264- 61 - 231496


Email: nepru1@nepru.org.na Web site: www.nepru.org.na


\\




NEPRU produces:


" Books


" Research Reports


" Working Papers


" Briefing Papers


" Travel and Meeting Reports


" Occasional Papers


Please turn to the back pages for a list of publications.


All rights reserved . No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or
by any means, including photocopying, recording and storage in a retrieval system,
without the written permission of the copyright holder except in accordance with the
copyright legislation in force in the Republic of Namibia.


© Copyright 2001 by the Namibian Economic Policy Research Unit.


NEPRU Research Report ISSN 1026-9223


First published in 2001 by the Namibian Economic Policy Research Unit,
P.O. Box 40710, Ausspannplatz, Windhoek, Namibia




Contents


Contents


List of Tables and Figures


Acknowledgements


1 Introduction


2 Objectives of the Investigation


3 Methods


3 .1 The Research Procedure


3.2 The Selection ofthe Interviewees: Theoretical Sampling


3.3 The Investigation on National Level


3 .4 Interpretation of the Data


4 Urbanization and Intermediate Cities in Sub-Saharan-Africa: Features and


I


IV


v
1


2


4


4


8


9


10


Tendencies 11


4.1 Urbanization J.:;. 11


4.1 .1 Current Urbanization 12


4.1.2 Urbanization and Development 14


4.2 Intermediate Cities 15


4.3 Inner Structure of Southern African Cities 16


5 Namibia 20


5.1 The State of Research in Namibia 20


5.2 Historical Development of Namibian Cities 21


5.2.1 Fist Exploration by Missionaries and Traders (1793-1884) 21


5.2.2 Systematic Colonization by German civilians and German Military


(1884-1915) 22


5.2.3 Unbalanced Growth under the South African Mandatory (1915-1977) 24


5.2.4 Deregulation and Urbanization during the Period of Transition (1977-1990) 28


5.3 The Current System of Urban Centres in Namibia 29


5.3.1 Definitions and Responsibilities ofthe Namibian Local Authorities 29


5.3.2 Criticism of the Local Authorities Act 32


5.3.3 Local Politics 33


5.3.4 Population Distribution 34


5.4 Small and Intermediate Cities in Namibia 34


5.4.1 Physical Structure of Small and Intermediate Cities in Namibia 35


I




5 .4.2 Intermediate cities in the Perception of Supraregional Institutions and


·Companies
"


5.5 The Selection of the Case Studies


36


39


6 Kalkfeld


6.1 History


41


41


41 6.1.1 Foundation and Growth


6.1.2 On the Road to Decline


6.2 Situation and Development after Independence


6.2.1 Physical and Demographic Structure


6.2.2 Infrastructure


6.2.3 Economy


6.3 Perceptions


43


6.4 Factors and Tendencies of Development


7 Omaruru


45


45


47


49


51


54


58


58


58


60


7.1 History


7.1 .1 First Influences by Damara, Herero and few Europeans (until 1894)


7 .1.2 Expansion under the German Colonial Power (1984-1915)


7.1.3 Economic Changes and Population Development under south African Rule


(1915-1990) 61


7.2 Developments after Independence 62


7 .2.1 Spatial and Population Structure 62


7.2.2 Infrastructure 64


7.2.3 Economy 65


7.3 Perceptions 67


7.4 Factors and Tendencies of Development 69


8 Otjiwarongo 72


II


8.1 History 73


8.1 .1 Precolonial Settlement by Damara and Herero (1390-1904) 73


8.1.2 Foundation as Traffic Junction and Rural Service Centre (1904-1915) 73


8.1.3 Further Development as a Centre of Administration, Trade and Education


(1915-1990)


' 8.2Development after Independence


8.2.1 Settlement Structure


8.2.2 Infrastructure


74


76


76


78




8 ~2 .3 Economy


8.2\\4 Urba9 Planning and Politics


8.3 Perceptions


8.4 Factors and Tendencies of Development


9 Transformation Processes and Development Factors in Small and Intermediate


Centres of the Farming Zone in Independent Namibia


9.1 Inner Structure


9.2 Perceptions


9.3 M igration


9.4 Social Developments


9.5 Dependence and Autonomy


9.6 Economic Change


9.7 Local Politics and Administration


10 Potentialities and Problems of Small and Intermediate Urban Cities in the


Process of Urbanization


10.1 Unbalanced Frame Conditions


10.2 Attitudes and Behaviour of the Actors


10.3 Insufficient Development Objectives and Strategies


10.4 New Objectives: Economic Diversification, Expansion of Co-operation, Sectoral


Integration


11 Summary


12 References


12.1 Literature


12.2 Interviews


79


80


82


84


87


87


90


92


94
95


96


97


98


99


100


102


107


109


112


112


116


III




List of Tables


Table 1: Research procedure 5


Table2: Guidelines for the interviews with residents and decision-makers 6


Table 3: Tasks and responsibilities of the Namibian local authorities according to the Local


Authorities Act 30


Table 4: Jobs in the formal sector ofKalkfeld 50


Table 5: Kalkfeld in the eyes of residents and decision-makers 53


Table 6: Omaruru in the eyes of residents and decision-makers 68


Table 7: Population development ofOtjiwarongo 75


Table 8: Otjiwarongo in the eyes of residents and decision-makers 83


List of Figures


Figure 1: Model of the apartheid city according to Davies 1981 and apartheid model of


Namibian small and intermediate cities. 17


Figure 2: European settlements in south and central Namibia before 1894 22


Figure 3: Farming Zone and homelands according to the Odendaal-plan of 1964 26


Figure 4: Administrative hierarchy of settlements according to the Local Authorities Act


1992 and 1996 3 1


Figure 5: Location of the places investigated in central Namibia 40


Figure 6: Functional structure of Kalkfeld in 1997 46


Figure 7: Functional structure of Omaruru in 1997 63


Figure 8: Functional structure of Otjiwarongo in 1998 77


Figure 9: Orwetoveni 1997: Chronology of extensions 78


Figure 10: Apartheid and post-apartheid model ofNamibian small and intermediate urban


settlements 89


Figure 11: Rejection of responsibility by the actors 93


Figure 12: Vicious circle of segregation and development obstacles 102


IV




Ackn oyvledgements


The investigation presented Here is focussing on the people who live in the small and


intermediate urban settlements of the Namibian farming zone. Its realization would not have


been possible without the assistance of many of them, who did not only gave me useful


information and practical advice but treated me with cordiality and hospitality. My interview


partners often gave me a very personal insight into their current living conditions and their


biography. Since this cannot be taken for granted, I wish to thank all inhabitants of Kalkfeld,


Omaruru and Otjiwarongo and all representatives of the various institutions who spent time


with my questions for their assistance and openness. Furthermore, I am grateful for all the


help I received with practical and organisational problems. In this context I wish to mention in


particular the families Nambuli, Kurz and Jacobi, who offered me the opportunity to live in


their homes and, thus, to experience the daily life in the small and intermediate urban centres.


I am most grateful for the scientific supervision by Prof. Dr. E. Struck (University of


Wuerzburg, Germany) and Prof. Dr. F. Becker (University ofNamibia), who contributed a lot


to the interpretation of the empirical results and the theoretical discussion. For proof reading


of the English Version I thank Katharina Kober (who can, of course, not be held responsible


for the remaining shortcomings).


The investigation presented here was conducted as a doctoral thesis at the Department of


Geography at the Bavarian Julius-Maximilians-University of Wuerzburg and has therefore


been published in German. The English Version given in this paper does not contain the


whole thesis, but focuses on those aspects, which are of significance for the Namibian


institutions and for those persons who have expressed their interest in the research. Therefore,


it mainly contains the chapters on the empirical investigation in Namibia and does not render


the whole methodological and theoretical discussion.


v




1 Introduction
f


Namibia is a young nation: before it became independent just one decade ago in 1990 the


territory was under external administration for more than a century. After it had been


colonized by the Germans until World War I it was placed under the South African mandatory


and became subject to the apartheid system, which restricted the public and private life of


black people to the highest degree. Thus, the liberties and obligations of democracy are new to


the majority of the population and have changed its life fundamentally. The 1990s in Namibia


are characterised by social deregulation and economic liberalization, which have an impact on


all levels of the new nation from the parliament in Windhoek to the citizens on the omahangu


fields in the north of the country. The cities function as intersection between these various


spheres of living and working, and their development reflects the socio-economic


transformation of the country. Urban centres, however, are not only subject to the new


conditions but gain themselves more and more significance in the formation of the new


society and economy. The most important cause for this is the strong urbanization process,


which, starting at beginning of the abolishment of the apartheid laws in 1977, is still ongoing


today. Windhoek is the main destination for the migrants, but the regional centres in the north


of the country see a significant growth, too. This has only become possible due to the freedom


of movement, which was not granted to most inhabitants before it was guaranteed in the


constitution of 1990. Since then all Namibians have been able to move and settle according to


their own needs and, thus, react to external events such as economic changes or natural


disasters. This "freedom of movement" does not only mean a choice between rural and urban


areas but also the choice between different parts of a city, whose living areas of the ethnically


defined populations groups had been clearly segregated before. In consequence, a number of


changes in the settlement systems are a result of the socio-economic changes in Namibia such


as the shifting of functions between settlements, the establishment of new administration


centres, the discovery of the cities in the former homelands as a market for South African


mass products as well as changes in the innerurban structures with the tum to more


heterogeneity in the urban areas and, thus, more or less the transformation of the apartheid


structures.




2 ~Objectives of the Investigation
I


In the last 10 years small and intermediate cities in developing countries have gained in


significance in planning as well as in the scientific discussion. The rather pragmatic reason for


this is the fact that in the long term the growing problems of the capitals and bigger cities


cannot be solved in the metropolitan areas only. Thus, small and intermediate cities are of


interest mainly in their function as relief for the metropolises. This is true for Africa, as well.


Even though urbanization here set in later than in other parts of the world, it has since created


socio-economic problems to which so far no solutions are visible.


However, a profound analysis of the smaller urban areas is still problematic, since data on the


specific local features and information on the relation between settlements of different sizes


and functions are lacking: "The paucity of fact is demonstrated by the lack of Third World


based studies on how urban systems grow and develop, and the influence of social, economic


and political forces on this process. ( ... ) Government policies for small and intermediate urban


centres must be based on careful assessment of the local needs, local resources and local


potentials which are particular to each urban centre" (Hardoy & Satterthwaite 1986, 3).


Therefore the study presented here aims at analysing the development factors and processes,


which are of significance for the small and intermediate urban centres of the Namibia farming


zone. By pointing out trends in the transformation of these settlements after the political


change in southern Africa it will contribute to the research in urban development as well as to


the theoretical discourse on urbanization.


During the last decades in Namibia politics, planning and scientific research concerning urban


development have been focussing mainly on Windhoek as the capital, Walfish Bay as the


main harbour and Swakopmund as a centre of tourism, administration and education. A major


part of the national resources is accumulated in these cities (capital, industry, administration,


technical and social infrastructure) and a tenth of the population of Namibia lives in


Windhoek, a fact that can be accounted for by its high immigration figures . Unfortunately


migration figures exist only for the capital. There is neither quantitative nor qualitative data


on the migration from and to smaller cities, e.g., the significance of these centres for the


population living there- why, for instance, these people do not move to Windhoek- has so far


not been analysed. While Windhoek has been the main subject of research regarding the


innerurban social and spatial structures 1, during the second half of the 90s some studies have


1 Graefe & Peroux 1995, Frayne, 1992, Simon 1991, City of Windhoek 1996 a etc.


2




been cop.ducted in centres of the former homelands in the north of the country2. They are of


special interest 'nowadays since population and capital concentrate here increasingly. The


urban settlements in the farming zone, however, which are negatively affected by deregulation


and market liberalization, have been neglected since independence.


Small and intermediate cities - those settlements which form the medium level between rural


settlements and the national centres - are no homogeneous category in Namibia. Because of


the almost hundred years of spatial segregation of the various cultural complexes in Namibia,


settlement structures developed differently in different parts of the country. Solely in the cities


of the farming zone the population was already ethnically heterogeneous during colonial times


and under apartheid, which was the reason for the continuous efforts of the European settlers


to enforce segregation. These endeavours finally led to the creation of the typical social and


spatial Apartheid structures. Cities in this part of the country were subject to rigid planning


principles and were laid down according to a fixed pattern. Cities in the former homelands, on


the other hand, developed less systematically. In addition, the Apartheid system of


administration, which was based on many restriction, created an "artificial world", in which


the towns of the farming zone were favoured above those in the homelands. It was not before


independence that a real competition for resources developed between the Namibian cities and


only recently more and more planners and politicians and - even more important- investors


has begun to tum to the north of the country. Consequently, the small and intermediate cities


in the farming zone face serious changes.


One of the topics of this study is the transformation of the segregative urban structure, which


was once created with an immense expenditure. The research concerning "post-apartheid


cities" since the 1980s has focussed chiefly on the South African metropolitan areas3 and does


not allow conclusions for smaller places in Namibia. At the same time recent developments in


the urban centres concerned are analysed regarding the new conditions for political and


economic actions, and the local resources and bottlenecks. The study is focussing on those


processes of acting and decision-making which determine the development. In consequence, it


is based on an actor-orientated approach. The basis is the ascertainment of the perceptions of


inhabitants as well as of decision-makers (representatives of public and private institutions


which have an impact on the urban development).


2 Tvedten & Porn uti 1994, Devereux, Melaku-Tjirongo & Naeraa 1993 etc.
3 Dewar 1995, Napier 1994, Lemon 1991 b, Saff 1991, Bahr & JUrgens 1990 a, 1990 b and 1996


3




3 Methods
'


The study is 'based on the assumption that the transformation of urban settlements is not only


determined by the larger political and economic development, but is mainly influenced by the


decisions and actions of individual persons or interest groups. These actors are not mere


rational subjects following the legal and economic frame conditions, but decide on the basis


of their own values, their social and cultural milieu with all its unwritten rules and on the basis


of the actions of other people concerned, or, at least, on their interpretation of these actions.


Therefore, the interpretative paradigm forms the methodological background of the research,


which was accordingly conducted with methods of qualitative research.


The aim of qualitative social research is to develop a comprehension of "the process of the


constitution of reality" (Lamnek 1995, 25). Thus, it does not intend to explain, but to explore


and understand the actions and behaviour of people. Hypotheses are not defined in advance


but derived from the results of the investigation and related to each other to develop data-


based "grounded theories"4" Following this methodological approach the study presented here


was conducted according to the main principles of qualitative research procedure: openness,


flexibility and reflexivity. Openness and flexibility refer to the objectives and the particular


procedure of the research, the latter of which was continuously adjusted to the results


obtained. Reflexivity means the interrelation between the single results (statements, events


etc.) and the whole context, since one cannot be understood without the other. To illustrate the


use of qualitative methods in this study, the particular research procedure in the empirical


investigation shall be explained in the following.


3.1 The Research Procedure


The research was conducted in three phases (table 1): In the first stage, the main topic of the


investigation was defined (processes of socio-economic transformation in small and


intermediate urban settlements in the Namibian farming zone since independence) and the


towns for the empirical investigation were selected (three towns in central Namibia, for the


reasons of the selection see chapter 5.5). In the second stage the empirical investigation in the


selected urban settlements as well as in some national institutions was conducted. In the final


phase, the results were analysed and integrated into the superior questions of the research,


4 Glaser & Strauss 1980 and 1998, Glaser 1978


4




combinLng the empirical findings with the larger socio-economic development background of


Namibia and the iheoretical discourse on urban development.


First phase Definition of the topic of the investigation,


development of an investigation guideline,


choice of the towns for the empirical analysis.


Second phase Empirical investigation (including the development of the interview


guideline) in


- the three selected urban settlements (Kalkfeld, Omaruru,
Otjiwarongo),


- some national institutions.


Third phase Integration into the superior questions of the research,


combining the empirically gained . results with the broader SOClO-


economic development ofNamibia,


interrelating it with the theoretical discourse on urban development in


developing countries.


Tab. I : Research Procedure


The empirical investigation was based on the assumption that urban centres depend on various


development factors, of which the actors are the most important ones. Thus, the investigation


followed a three-perceptions-approach, in which the perspective of the inhabitants of the town


is compared with the one of the decision-makers and supplemented with an external view


(frame data and the perspective of the researcher). The methods used for the interviews with


inhabitants and decision-makers were guideline-based, non-standardized interviews, the


method for the external view was participant observation and the interpretation of statistical


data from public and private institutions.


Before the beginning of the survey two investigation guidelines were developed. The first one


aimed at determining the topic of the investigation more in particular. It was used as a


guideline for the whole second and third stage of the investigation (collection and


interpretation of data), but it was continuously modified according to the results gained in the


previous steps (following the principles of openness towards the objects of the investigation


and flexibility towards the procedure). The leading questions were:


>- Which advantages and disadvantages do the urban centres offer their inhabitants and all
decision-makers involved into their development?


>- Which socio-economic and spatial developments exist?


5




'


0
\\


S
u


b
je


ct


R
es


id
en


ts


D
ec


is
io


n
-M


ak
er


s
"


D
em


og
ra


ph
ic



W


hi
ch


c
ha


ng
es


o
cc


ur
re


d
du


rin
g


th
e


la
st


y
ea


rs
?


W
h


a
t


is
t


he
s


iz
e


an
d


st
ru


ct
ur


e
of


th
e


lo
ca


l p
op


ul
at


io
n?



D


ev
el


op
m


en
t


W
ha


t
is


t
he


o
pi


ni
on


o
n


th
es


e
ch


an
ge


s?


W
hi


ch
c


ha
ng


es
o


cc
ur


re
d?




W
hi


ch
m


ig
ra


to
ry


t
en


de
nc


ie
s


ar
e


vi
si


bl
e?



-


W
hi


ch
r


ea
so


ns
a


re
a


ss
um


ed
a


s
ca


us
e


fo
r


th
e


ur
ba


n
de


ve
lo


pm
en


t?


In
di


vi
du


al


W
hi


ch
a


dv
an


ta
ge


s
do


es
t


he
t


ow
n


of
fe


r
as


p
la


ce
o


f l
iv


in
g


an
d


W
hi


ch
a


dv
an


ta
ge


s
do


es
th


e
to


w
n


of
fe


r
as


p
la


ce
f


or
l


iv
in


g
an


d
A


ss
e


ss
m


e
n


t
w


or
ki


ng
?


w
or


ki
ng


?
-


W
hi


ch
p


ro
bl


em
s


ex
is


t?


W
hi


ch
p


ro
bl


em
s


ex
is


t?


S
oc


ia
l


W
h


a
t


is
t


he
r


el
at


io
ns


hi
p


be
tw


ee
n


th
e


va
rio


us
i


nh
ab


ita
nt


s
(g


ro
up


s
o


f
Is


t
he


s
oc


ia
l


si
tu


at
io


n
o


f t
he


l
oc


al
p


op
ul


at
io


n
ch


an
gi


ng
?


D
ev


el
op


m
en


t
in


ha
bi


ta
nt


s,
i


f e
xi


st
in


g)
li


ke
?


A
re


t
en


de
nc


ie
s


o
f i


nt
eg


ra
ti o


n
or


s
eg


re
ga


tio
n


vi
si


bl
e?



W


ha
t


is
t


he
r


el
at


io
ns


hi
p


be
tw


ee
n


th
e


in
ha


bi
ta


nt
s


an
d


th
e


de
ci


si
on


-
H


ow
c


an
t


he
y


be
e


xp
la


in
ed


?
m


ak
er


s
lik


e?


W
hi


ch
c


ha
ng


es
o


cc
ur


re
d


du
rin


g
th


e
la


st
y


ea
rs


?
.


-


E
co


no
m


ic


W
ha


t
is


t
he


a
ss


es
sm


en
t


o
f t


he
c


ur
re


nt
s


itu
at


io
n


w
ith


r
eg


ar
d


to
t


he


H
ow


m
an


y
an


d
w


h
a


t
ki


nd
o


f e
co


no
m


ic
e


nt
er


pr
is


es
e


xi
st


?
D


e
ve


lo
p


m
e


n
t


bu
si


ne
ss


es
a


nd
e


m
pl


oy
m


en
t


op
po


rt
un


iti
es


?
W


ha
t


is
t


he
a


ss
e


ss
m


e
n


t
o


f t
he


e
co


no
m


ic
s


itu
at


io
n?



W


hi
ch


c
ha


ng
es


o
cc


ur
re


d
du


rin
g


th
e


la
st


y
ea


rs
?


W
hi


ch
t


re
nd


s
ar


e
vi


si
bl


e
an


d
ho


w
c


an
t


he
y


be
e


xp
la


in
ed


?


Is
t


he
re


a
ny


p
ro


m
ot


io
n


o
f t


he
e


co
no


m
y?




A
ct


or
s


In
w


ho
se


in
iti


at
iv


e
do


t
he


m
en


tio
ne


d
de


ve
lo


pm
en


ts
h


av
e


th
ei


r
or


ig
in


?
W


hi
ch


a
ct


or
s


ar
e


pa
rt


ic
ip


at
in


g
in


p
la


nn
in


g
an


d
po


lic
y


o
f t


he
t


ow
n?




W
ha


t
is


t
he


r
el


at
io


ns
hi


p
be


tw
ee


n
th


e
di


ff
er


en
t


ac
to


rs
l


ik
e?



W


ho
is


a
ct


in
g


in
t


he
e


co
no


m
ic


s
ec


to
r?




W
hi


ch
N


G
O


s
ar


e
re


pr
es


en
te


d?


A
re


t
he


re
a


ny
i


nd
iv


id
ua


ls
w


ho
a


re
e


xc
ep


tio
na


lly
a


ct
iv


e?


In
w


ho
se


i
ni


tia
tiv


e
do


t
he


m
en


tio
ne


d
de


ve
lo


pm
en


ts
h


av
e


th
ei


r
or


ig
in


?




-,
:.:_


';


-..
1


"'


P
ro


ce
ss


es
o


f
de


ci
di


ng
a


nd


ac
tin


g


H
ow


d
id


c
er


ta
in


d
ev


el
op


m
en


ts
o


r
oc


cu
rr


en
ce


s
em


er
ge


?
In


w
hi


ch
f


ie
ld


s
do


es
a


c
o-


op
er


at
io


n
be


tw
ee


n
th


e
va


rio
us


a
ct


or
s


'
t?



F


or
w


hi
ch


r
ea


so
ns


h
av


e
th


e
ow


n
de


ci
si


on
s


be
en


m
ad


e
(


th
e


ch
oi


ce
o


f
ex


ls
·



pl


ac
e


o
f l


iv
in


g,
c


ha
ng


e
o


f j
o


b
e


tc
.)


?
W


ho
p


ar
tic


ip
at


es
in


t
he


d
ec


is
io


n-
m


ak
in


g
of


th
e


di
ff


er
en


t s
ec


to
rs


?


In
te


rr
el


at
io


ns


li
s
th


e
in


flu
en


ce
o


f s
up


er
io


r
in


st
itu


tio
ns


f
el


t
?


S
ur


vi
va


l
ec


on
om


ie
s


E
xi


st
in


g
in


st
itu


tio
ns



an


d


H
ow


m
uc


h
is


t
he


o
w


n
in


co
m


e,
h


ow
m


uc
h


th
at


o
f t


he
h


ou
se


ho
ld


?


W
hi


ch
a


dd
iti


on
al


s
ou


rc
es


o
f i


nc
om


e
ex


is
t?




H
ow


m
an


y
pe


op
le


d
ep


en
d


on
t


he
in


co
m


e?


W
hi


ch
e


xp
en


se
s


ex
is


t
be


si
de


s
ac


co
m


m
od


at
io


n,
c


lo
th


in
g


an
d


fo
od



(s


ch
oo


l f
ee


s,
h


ea
lth


e
xp


en
se


s
et


c.
)?




Is
t


he
re


a
ny


s
ub


si
st


en
ce


p
ro


du
ct


io
n


(v
eg


et
ab


le
,


sm
al


l l
iv


es
to


ck
,


cl
ot


hi
ng


e
tc


. )?


W
hi


ch
s


oc
ia


l i
ns


tit
ut


io
ns


e
xi


st
?




W
hi


ch
t


ec
hn


ic
al


a
nd


c
on


st
ru


ct
io


na
l


in
fr


as
tr


uc
tu


re
e


xi
st


s
?


in
fr


as
tr


uc
tu


re


li
s
th


e
w


at
er


s
up


pl
y


su
ffi


ci
en


t?


P
er


so
na


l/
in


st
itu


tio
na


l
da


ta


H
ow


m
uc


h
ar


e
th


e
fe


es
f


or
m


un
ic


ip
al


s
er


vi
ce


s,
e


le
ct


ric
ity


a
nd


w
at


er
?


Is
t


he
in


fr
as


tr
uc


tu
re


r
eg


ar
de


d
as


s
at


is
fa


ct
or


y?


"
P


er
io


d
of


re
si


de
nc


e
in


t
he


t
ow


n
"


P
la


ce
o


f o
rig


in


"
S


iz
e,


s
tr


uc
tu


re
a


nd
i


nc
om


e
o


f t
he


h
ou


se
ho


ld


"
P


la
ce


o
f l


iv
in


g
o


f f
ur


th
er


fa
m


ily
m


em
be


rs


"
A


ge
,


pr
of


es
si


on
,


in
co


m
e


Ta
b


. 2
:


G
ui


de
li


ne
s f


o
r


th
e


in
te


rv
ie


w
s


w
it


h
re


si
de


nt
s


a
n


d
d


ec
is


io
n-


m
ak


er
s


Is
t


he
a


ss
ig


nm
en


t o
f r


es
po


ns
ib


ili
ty


a
de


qu
at


e?


In
h


ow
f


ar
d


o
su


pe
ri


or
in


st
itu


tio
ns


p
ar


tic
ip


at
e


in
l


oc
al


d
ec


is
io


n-
.


m
ak


in
g?




W
ha


t
is


t
he


c
o-


op
er


at
io


n
be


tw
ee


n
th


e
va


rio
us


d
ec


is
io


n-
m


ak
er


s
lik


e?


W
ha


t
is


t
he


in
co


m
e


si
tu


at
io


n
o


f t
he


p
op


ul
at


io
n


lik
e?




W
ha


t i
s


th
e


in
fo


rm
al


s
ec


to
r


o
f t


he
t


ow
n


lik
e?




W
hi


ch
s


el
f-


he
lp


p
ro


je
ct


s
ex


is
t a


nd
h


ow
a


re
t


he
y


se
en


?


W
hi


ch
s


oc
ia


l i
ns


tit
ut


io
ns


e
xi


st
?


W
hi


ch
t


ec
hn


ic
al


a
nd


c
on


st
ru


ct
io


na
l


in
fr


as
tr


uc
tu


re
e


xi
st


s?


Is
th


e
w


at
er


s
up


pl
y


su
ffi


ci
en


t?


H
ow


m
uc


h
ar


e
th


e
fe


es
f


or
m


un
ic


ip
al


s
er


vi
ce


s,
e


le
ct


ric
ity


a
nd



w


at
er


?


W
ha


t
ar


e
th


e
fu


tu
re


d
ev


el
op


m
en


ts
in


p
la


nn
in


g?


"
T


as
ks


a
nd


o
rg


an
is


at
io


n
o


f t
he


i
ns


tit
ut


io
n


"
F


un
ct


io
n


o
f t


he
in


te
rv


ie
w


ee
w


ith
in


t
he


i
ns


tit
ut


io
n


"
D


ev
el


op
m


en
t o


f t
he


in
st


itu
tio


n
in


t
he


t
ow


n
"


N
um


be
r


o
f j


o
b


s
of


th
e


in
st


itu
tio


n




> , Which factors and processes determine the development of the urban centres?
Thus, the fo~uses of the investigation can be summarized as follows:


" Development trends relating to


migration,


economy,


social integration and segregation;


" control mechanisms relating to


participation,


processes of deciding and acting;


" survival economies


of individuals,


of the whole town;


" interrelations between


the individual actors,


different levels of administration.


These questions served as guideline not only during the survey, but during the interpretation


of the data as well. They are not identical with the interview guideline (table 2), which was


developed on the basis of these focuses, but was also modified according to statements and


assessments of interviewees.


3.2 The Selection of Interviewees: Theoretical Sampling


The selection of interviewees was also consistently done according to the qualitative


methodology and followed the principles of "theoretical sampling", which means a


systematical selection of the participants according to the existing (and permanently


broadening) pre-knowledge: "Theoretical sampling is the process of data collection for


generating theory whereby the analyst jointly collects, codes and analyses his data and decides


what data to collect next and where to find them, in order to develop his theory as it emerges.


This process of data collection is controlled by the emerging theory. ( ... )The basic question in


theoretical sampling is( .. . ): what groups or subgroups does one tum to next in data collection?


And for what theoretical purpose?" (Glaser & Strauss 1980, 45f.) .


The participants were selected on the basis of a number of several topic-orientated factors .


The basic idea was to conduct interviews with representatives of the various social groups of


the towns to cover a broad range of interests, on the one hand, and to interview representatives


8




of the different public and private institutions as well as "key figures" who prove a


competence in certain topics, oh the other hand.


The relevant social groups could not be defined in advance but were determined on grounds of


statements of the local population. As a first step the field was approached according to the


spatial urban structure, which can be justified with the strong social segregation of (post-)


apartheid cities. From the interviews it could be derived which groups exist in the mind of the


local population and according to which factors they were differentiated. Further statements


and assessments of the interviewees led to the selection of others with this choice being based


on a combination of various factors: It could be members of certain social groups (chosen for


their "being typical") as well as persons explicitly standing out from the norm. The selection


of the interviewees of another group (representatives of the different public and private


institutions) was easier, since it became clear during · the process of investigation which


institutions have an influence on the local development and should therefore be included. The


third group of people, the "key figures" were people whose behaviour has a special


significance for the urban development (e.g. much initiative, prestige) or who have a special


function outside the public authorities (e.g. traditional leader, preacher).


3.3 The Investigation on National Level


Parallel to the above described procedure on the local level a second investigation was


conducted on the national level of private and public institutions which operate interregionally


and have potential to influence the development of intermediate cities. Again the perceptions


of their representatives regarding the small and intermediate urban centres was ascertained.


This meant focussing especially on their interest in investing or in conducting development


projects in the urban centres of various sizes and functions. In this context representatives of


four administration and planning institutions, two banks and four trading companies were


interviewed. While the representatives of administration and planning were interviewed in a


problem-centred manner according to the objectives, tasks and procedures of each institution,


the interviews with the representatives of the public sector were half-standardized. The


introductory questions were:


1. In which Namibian cities does your company have branches?


2. In which Namibian cities did your company have branches which have been closed? Why


were they closed?


3. In which Namibian cities do you plan to open further branches?


9




4. ~ According to which factors does your company decide on the location of new branches?


Based on tf1tt answers some aspects 1·could be deepened in the following open interview. This


was necessary, for example, if the answers didn't explain the location ofthe existing branches


sufficiently. An additional subject of the interviews was the co-operation between businesses


and public authorities.


3.4 Interpretation of the Data


The interpretation of qualitative data aims at pointing out main features of the case studies. On


the one hand, the individual statements have to be understood, on the other hand, the common


reality, which is formed in a mutual process between the individual and the society, has to be


reconstructed. According to the principle of hermeneutic interpretation the comprehension of


reality develops in a circular process. The knowledge of an entire situation (common reality)


evolves from the comprehension of the individual cases and the comprehension of the


individual cases is extended by the knowledge of the entire situation. There is no universally


valid procedure for the interpretation, but it is adjusted to the subjects and objectives of each


analysis. This is one of the strengths of qualitative research.


In this study the first stage was the interpretation of the individual interviews regarding their


contents (almost all of them have been recorded on tapes). A transcript was made of all


relevant parts of the interviews and the single statements were related to the topics of the


investigation guideline. Comparing the different statements common perceptions and


contradictions could be found out. Factual contradictions (which did not reflect personal


opinions) were clarified. The results of this first step of interpretation are presented in chapters


6 to 8.


In the next stage the findings of the topics were mutually connected to achieve a superior


context. This process of abstraction, which cannot be standardized5, leads to "grounded


theories"6 . On the one hand, these theories form a superior structure based on empirical data,


on the other hand, they are continuously subjected to modifications. They are characterized by


never being "ready" or complete7. They reflect a limited part of the ever-changing social


reality.


5 Wiegandt 1989
6 G laser/Strausss 1980 and 1998
7 Glaser 1978


10




In this study the context was constructed at different levels : For each of the selected towns, for


all towns togeth~r, and finally ~n relation to the information given by the national institutions.
Relations and dependences between the individuals, the socio-economic networks and the


spatial and administrative developments were thereby ascertained. The local situation was


integrated into the entire Namibian development and complemented by theoretical findings.


4 Urbanization and Intermediate Cities 1n Sub-Saharan-


Africa: Features and Tendencies


Although urban development in Africa is not homogenous, some common features exist in the


countries south of the Sahara as far as the development of intermediate cities, their role in the


settlement systems and their significance for economy and society in the countries is


concerned.


4. 1 Urbanization


The process of urbanization in southern Africa can be subdivided into stages which are related


to its political history. The fundamental order for the actual city system was laid in colonial


times. Unlike in western Africa there were no considerable cities on the territory of today ' s


Republic of South Africa and the neighbouring countries before the arrival of European


settlers8" The most important cities in the region emerged not before the end of the 19th


century. Johannesburg was founded in 1886, Harare in 1890, Windhoek in 1891. The


colonialization developed differently according to the local conditions and to the motherland


of the settlers, but still there are some common features in the settlement process which can be


described in accordance with Vance's model as optimizing of trade9. This led to the high


significance of a harbour city in each country (export of raw material, import of goods for the


settlers). Between the harbour and the point of origin of the raw material settlement axes


developed. Secondary centres did not develop before the military and administration grew


considerably. These early settlement structures still determine many countries today.


Examples are the bipolar developments in South Africa (Cape Town and Johannesburg) and


Kenya (Mombassa and Nairobi) where the separation of harbour and capital is dominant or in


~ An exception is Great Zimbabwe of which the origins can be traced back until the 6'h century. The buildings
, which still exist today have been constructed at the beginning of the 18'h century. The fortification probably
served as the core of an urban settlement (Davidson 1987).


11




co4.11tries with primate cities combining trade and administration, e.g. Tanzania (Dar es


Salaam), An~ola (Luanda)', Mozan1bique (Beita).


Originally urbanization meant the foundation of European cities which only in their further


development became home to Africans, too. With their interest in cities a new phase of


urbanization began which was of a different nature from the first stage. Migrants of rural areas


came to find work, above all - firstly in private homes, later in mines or manufactories.


Because of their work their centre of daily life shifted into the cities, yet they kept contact to


their families remaining in the villages. Thus, their identification with and their ties to the


urban areas were much less intensive than those of the European settlers.


Migration focussed more and more on the bigger centres, a development which was


influenced by political decisions and planning: Regarding public investment and economic


initiatives the established cities were favoured above smaller places concerning 10 " Growth of


economy and population growth mutually strengthened each other and hence formed the basis


for primate structures.


A third wave of urbanization followed in the countries of sub-Saharan Africa when


independence replaced colonization (which occurred in each country at a different time).


Independence in most cases meant the transition to democracy. Restrictions concerning the


freedom of movement of the citizens were abolished and an influx to the cities began. Usually


the largest rural-urban migration took place right before and after the beginning of


independence (Gaebe 1994), causing the problems of too dense populations and informal


settlements with a very low standard of living in the cities - problems which are still not


solved.


4.1.1 Current Urbanization


The growth of larger metropolitan areas has m average world-wide been lower since the


beginning of the 1980s than during the 60s and 70s 11 " In the countries south of the Sahara,


however, this is not visible since the focuses of urbanization shifted from Latin America and


the Middle East to Africa. Between 1980 and 1990 the annual urban growth rate in sub-


Saharan Africa was 5,9%, while it was 3% in South and Middle America (Gilbert 1993,


9 Vance 1970
10 Prestele 1989
11 Habitat 1996


12




722£) 12 " " An essential feature and problem of the African urbanization is additionally that it


does not go alo~g with considerable economic growth but is accompani'ed rather by a decline


of many economic indicators 13 "


Many factors can be named as cause for the continuing urbanization. The individual decisions


are based on the push-and-pull-factors such as overpopulation in the rural areas (in Namibia


the former homeland) with insufficient food supply, lack of technical and social infrastructure


and income opportunities as well as the hope for jobs, the modem lifestyle and better


infrastructure in urban areas. Schools, in particular, form a main attraction of cities. The


abolishment of the legal restrictions, which before independence prohibited migration,


triggered its sudden onset. Yet, the reasons for urbanization cannot be found in the individual


behaviour only. The advantaged development of urban areas was pushed by the urban bias


which means a favouring of cities towards rural areas concerning public and private


investments, the location of industry and administration etc 14 "


Rural-urban migration, however, does not solve the migrants problems and enlarges the


bottlenecks already existing in cities. Additionally new problems are created or removed from


the rural to the urban areas (unemployment, low health and education standards, lack of


shelter, crime). Most of the new urban inhabitants live in informal settlement with insufficient


dwellings, no or little technical infrastructure, a lack of access to clean water, no reliable


income and therefore no chance to take part in modem urban living. These problems are not


necessarily new in the life of the migrants but become visible in the city only now.


At the same time the concentration in the primate cities is not the only migration trend in


developing countries. In some cases polarization reversal can be observed: "the turning point


when spatial polarization trends in the national economy give way to a process of spatial


dispersion out of the core region into other regions of the system" (Richardson 1984, 67). This


leads to a higher significance of secondary centres (in contrast to counterurbanization which


is a real tum to rural areas). Since the first observance of polarization reversal planners tried to


push this development ahead since it promised a relief for the metropolises. However, this


measure has not yielded the desired results so far.


12 Habitat presents lower figures with annually 4,4% (Africa) and 2,86% (Latin America) for the period between
1975 and 2000 (Habitat 1996, 447), but still with much higher growth rates in Africa than in Latin America.


13 Gilbert 1993
14 Gaebe 1994


13




Th~ migration process has been analysed more in detail for South Africa where the model of


d(fferentia{ ztrbanization was developed. It describes the "simultaneous occurrence of more


than one migration pattern in the same area" (Geyer 1989, 276). Summarizing it can be


explained with wealthier people leaving the large cities (named as environmentalism) and


poorer people still immigrating to the primate centres (productionism) 15 " Although the model


describing the various stages of development, aims at reflecting the complex reality of


migration as far a possible, it is not of major importance in Namibia since the


countermovements to urbanization are quantitatively not of much significance. Besides this


the model was based on investigations conducted before the abolishment of Apartheid and has


little significance for the period of independence.


4.1.2 Urbanization and Development


Urbanization and socio-economic development of a country are related to each other. Usually


it is assumed that growing urbanization goes along with a positive economic development.


According to this assumption, which is based on the model of western nations, the countries


with the highest urbanization rate have the highest~ In this concept cities are regarded as


motors of development which determine the e.c.onomic, technological and political
"-----


transformation. The advantage of urban growth is the concentration of resources in a


comparatively little space thus multiplying their potential. The resulting economic effects can


stimulate social developments: improvement of the education and health system, decrease of


birth rates, development of a common value system which ~ontributes t<;> , the nation building


of the young African countries 16" Yet at the same time new problems are occuring in_the cities


with a high population density, the rise of unemployment and poverty, crime, lack of


infrastructure and the destruction of the traditional social value and security system. In Europe


these problems have arisen, too, but finally the positive features of urbanization have


outweighed the disadvantages. This, however, does not necessarily mean that African


countries will follow the same path. So far the problems which are generally related to


urbanization emerged in Africa, but an accompanying economic stimulation is only


remarkable in few places. While European cities always served as centres for the


accumulation of resources the African metropolises have from the beginning been points


where the natural resources of the countries were removed. The integration of the new nations


15 Geyer & Kontuly 1993
16 Stals et al. 1987


14




into the. global economy has not much changed their role: They continue to be providers of
" I


raw materials without receiving adequate inputs. There is no parallel development of


urbanization and economic development which is why urbanization in Africa might rather be


a problem than a solution. It does not enable progress but makes it necessary.


4.2 Intermediate Cities


Intermediate cities form a relative category for which there is no universally valid definition.


They need to be differentiated in the context of a national settlement system. The absurdity of


general quantitative definitions becomes evident if applied to Namibia: Aka (1991, 175), for


instance, defines intermediate cities in small countries with 100,000 to 250,000 inhabitants.


Accordingly only Windhoek would be a Nambian intermediate city, which is incompatible


with qualitative criteria given, e.g. by Habitat, which demands that intermediate cities must


not own primary central functions . In general it is accepted that there is a need for qualitative


criteria, but usually they are not unequivocally named. Some authors demand that


intermediate cities should have accumulated enough economic activities to give them a larger


significance for the national production and service sector17 " At the same time they have to


combine urban and rural character in the view of others18 " More precise is a definition of the


German "Gesellschaft fiir Technische Zusammenarbeit". According to their interpretation


intermediate cities have a regional significance determined by three functions: supply,


development and relief. Supply relates to markets, education and health institutions as well as


to superior institutions of trade, finance and administration. Development comprises


consultancy for agriculture and manufacture, accumulation and exchange of agricultural


products and consumer goods, industrial production, services directed towards businesses,


vocational training, and exchange of information. Relief is defined by the location of industry


and private services as well as national and parastatal institutions as alternative to the location


in bigger cities 19 " Yet even this definition cannot be used universally since it obviously refers


to countries with a dense population. No Namibian intermediate centre can fulfil all these


demands. In particular the development activities only exist in few places.


The present study does not create its own criteria for the definition, but it follows the


categories laid down in the Namibian Local Authorities Act. The urban centres defined in this


17 Blitze et al. 1988


18 Pourtier 1993


19 Drewski, Kunzmann & Platz 1989


15




act,as municipality II, town or village are summarized here as small and intermediate cities,


although they have very different standards in centrality and productivity.


4.3 Inner Structure of Southern African Cities


Since cities in sub-Saharan Africa were founded by the European settlers their structure has


been determined by the colonial settlement policy, the main feature of which was the spatial


segregation of the European and African population. The most obvious manifestation of this


was the creation of inner urban residential areas allocated to the different ethnic groups with


the white population having access to the major part of the city and the African and Asian


inhabitants crowded in much smaller quarters. At a later stage, in some countries such as


Zimbabwe, pure "dormitory suburbs" without any supply structure were established. The


most extreme form of racial segregation, however, took place under the South African


apartheid regime which was finally implemented in Namibia, too. The spatial separation of


the races was complemented by a package of laws restricting the freedom of movement and


economic activities of the non-white population.


The first townships outside the city for which a resettlement of African residents became


necessary were established in Cape Town, Durban and Johannesburg at the beginning of the


century. Some years later the occurrence of plague epidemics was used as a pretext to further


restrict the permission to stay outside these areas20 . 1913 the Native Urban Land Act


expropriated blacks of their real estates in urban areas, 1923 the Natives (Urban Areas) Act


underpinned the creation of separate residential areas for the African population and 1948


finally apartheid became the official political programme of the government. It imposed for


segregation of four races, arbitrarily defined by the government: blacks, coloureds, Asians and


whites. With the exception of the whites all races - above all the blacks - had to suffer


considerable restrictions in their personal freedom. Apartheid was exercised on three levels:


on the macro-level (the national level) homelands were established - territories in which the


black people had to stay as long as they were not working in another part of the country. On


the meso-level apartheid meant the segregation within the cities (described in the following)


and on the third level micro-apartheid provided for the separation in daily life (in public


space, public institutions). While Micro-Apartheid was not legally established in Namibia,


macro- and meso-apartheid were realized there as well as in South Africa.


20 Beavon 1981


16




"'


M
o


d
el


l
o


f
th


e
A


p
ar


th
ei


d
C


it
y


(D
av


ie
s


1
9


8
1


)


eu
~e


f


A
fr


ic
a


n
H


o
m


e
la


n
d




W
h


it
e


C
. B


.D
.
~
I
n
d
i
a
n
C


. B
.D


.
[


_.]
C


.B
.D


.
F


ra
m


e


:
. .



·I


n
d


u
st


ri
a


l


R
e


si
d


e
n


tia
l


A
re


a




W
h


it
e


G
ro


u
p


A
re


a


E
co


n
o


m
ic


S
ta


tu
s


:
H



=


H
ig


h
,


M
=


M
id


d
le


,
L


=
L


o
w




~


In
d


ia
n


a
n


d
o


r
C


o
lo


u
re


d
G


ro
u


p
A


re
a


s
:


.
·


I=
ln


d1
an


,C
=


C
o


lo
u


re
d


,
T


=
T


o
w


n
sh


ip
,


P
=


P
n


va
te


ly
d


e
ve


lo
p


e
d




"
A


fr
ic


a
n


G
ro


u
p


A
re


a
s


"
H


o
st


e
ls



A


1
=


M
u


n
ic


ip
a


l
T


o
w


n
sh


ip
s


E
co


n
o


m
ic


S
ta


tu
s


o
f


B
la


ck
G


ro
u


p
A


re
as


n
o


t d
iff


e
re


n
tia


te
d



D


o
m


e
st


ic
s


e
rv


a
n


t q
u


a
rt


e
rs


n
o


t s
h


o
w


n


A
p


ar
th


ei
d


M
o


d
el


o
f


N
am


ib
ia


n


S
m


al
l


an
d


I
n


te
rm


ed
ia


te
C


it
ie


s
(b


as
ed


o
n


D
av


ie
s


1
9


8
1


)


[~
]


~


B
la


ck


re
si


de
nt


ia
l


ar
ea




W
h


ite


re
si


de
nt


ia
l


ar
ea




In
du


st
ri


al
a


re
a


-"
".


-"
71


C
o


m
m


e
rc


ia
l


l.:.
:i..


J
ce


nt
er




-
"S


in
g


le
q


u
a


rt
e


rs
"


~
R
i
v
i
e
r


A
.


S
ec


ke
lm


an
n


:j


F
ig


1
:
A~t


od
el
~
~l


th
e


ap
ar


th
ei


d
ci


ty
a


cc
or


di
ng


to
D


av
ie


s
1


98
1


a
n


d
a


pa
rt


he
id


m
od


el
o


fN
am


ib
ia


n
sm


al
la


nd
in


te
rm


ed
ia


te
C


iti
es


.




Th~ spatial structure of the apartheid-city as well as the legal basis, which made the


systematic 'r~alization possible, have been often described21 . Davies' model of the apartheid-


city (figure 1) illustrates the social element of segregation: While the major part of the urban


area could be used by the white population, the residential areas of the non-white population


were crowded, at the periphery of the city and separated from the white quarters and the city


center by a wide strip of undeveloped land, the buffer zone. Additionally the Asian and


coloured residents were settled between blacks and whites, thus serving as another buffer. The


black population was regarded as the labour reservoir of the urban areas and therefore settled


next to the industrial zones. Infrastructure was insufficient in the black townships and private


property of real estate was not allowed (the houses belonged to the local authority). Moreover,


the economic activities were restricted, e.g. trade was strictly controlled. Supermarkets and


department stores were not allowed to be located th.ere, and the floor space of stores in general


was limited to 1500 ft2 (later 3500 ft2). In this manner businesses in the city centres were


secured against competition22 " The black quarters had local authorities of their own, but these


had so little financial means that they could not do anything to improve the very low standard


of living. Consequently dissatisfaction rose in the population and found its expression in the


boycotts of rents and fees in the 1980s. The black residents did not only want to force


constructional and technical improvements in their areas but to achieve the abolishment of the


separate administrations and the establishment of democratic bodies23 "


The structure of cities described here was, of course, only established in such centres where


the population was ethnically heterogeneous. Urban centres in the homelands which were


allocated by government to specific ethnic groups were more homogenous. There was no need


to establish a differentiation here because the segregation had been conducted in advance. The


spatial structure of these cities depends until today rather on the respective social, cultural and


economic conditions. (An exception were places in the homelands which had a special


function for the whites, e.g. the military bases Oshakati and Opuwo in north Namibia.)


The social and spatial transformation of the apartheid-cities is a lengthy process which began


already in South African cities at the end of the 70s by circumventing the laws24 . Grey areas


evolved in former white residential areas into which non-white households moved with the


21 Davies 1981 , Bahr & Schroder- Pate ley 1982, Lemon 1991 a etc.
22 Turok 1994


23 Swilling, Cobbett & Hunter 1991


24 Bahr & JUrgens 1990 b


18




assistance of middlemen. The government tried to react to this bottom-up-development by


using a top-dm~~-strategy. It established some free residential and trade areas25 . The labour


and housing market, however, developed their own dynamic and even liberalizing laws could


not keep pace 'With it. As a result soon the emigration of white residents out of their former


quarters began. Thus, not all grey areas are still "grey". Yet the refusal to live in mixed


neighbourhoods was not the sole reason for the whites to move. An increase in poverty and a


decrease of the birth rates also influenced their behaviour6"


For the future development of the cities in southern Africa forecasts have been made since the


end of the 80s. For post-apartheid-cities the continuation of the described processes of


invasion and succession has been assumed27 , while at least Biihr and JUrgens regarded a


considerable movement of blacks to the wealthy white suburbs as unlikely. Parallels to the


American block development have been drawn, too, but in general America does not seem to


be a model for South Africa, since the conditions are too different: America has a much better


economy, a higher urbanization level and, above all, blacks are a minority in America but the


majority in South Africa. Thus, it is assumed that the large ghetto-building of the American


kind will not occur in southern Africa where rather small scale heterogeneous developments


are expected28 . Other scenarios foresee a less dynamic development and assume that only few


blacks will gain a profit from the political change, while the majority will have to fight


poverty and unemployment in future, too. A fundamental problem is that the apartheid


structure has been established with immense expenditures. It was an actively planned process


whereas the abolishment of the apartheid laws does not directly change the spatial structure.


The transformation is rather passive and not centrally organised. Planners often remain in


their office and may be tempted to continue with the planning on the basis of the existing


structure. The disadvantaged city quarters with their insufficient technical and social


infrastructure would then remain as they are now (Lemon 1991 b).


Alternatively compact and integrative urban models have been proposed. Open space could be


filled with housing for lower income groups and smaller units in general could become the


foundation for planning to break the monotony of South African residential urban areas?9 One


25 Cloete 1991 etc .


26 Btihr & JUrgens I 996
27 Btihr & JUrgens 1990 a, Lemon 1991 b
28 Saff 1991


29 Dewar 1995, Napier 1994, Lemon 1991 b


19




int~nded effect is to awaken at least the awareness of the social groups for each other: "They


would 1'help', ,if not to integrate city populations, at least to bring the separate worlds of the


apartheid city closer to one another's consciousness" (Lemon 1991 b, 212).


5 Namibia


5.1 The State of Research in Namibia


In Namibia urban research followed the same path as in the rest of Africa. It focussed in the


first place on the primate city before small and intermediate urban centres became a subject of


interest, too. In the 70s studies of geography or social sciences were conducted only


concerning Windhoek.30, but the interest in general was little and the studies had a mere


descriptive character. At the end of the 80s for the first time interest in the disintegration of


the apartheid structures arose31 . The works of the 90s deepen this topic and deal above all with


the changes caused by the amendment and abolishment of apartheid legislation. Main topics


are the continuous growth of the capital and the problems this entails, the living conditions in


Katutura, and finally the development, conditions and significance of informal settlements32 .


The squatter settlements as well as the lack of infrastructure show that the influx exceeded the


capacity of Windhoek to absorb migrants. Therefore the interest of researchers and planners


shifted to the rural areas of origin of the migrants and to those levels of the settlement


hierarchy in-between the small and intermediate urban centres.


First studies on the settlement system, however, are much older33 . They demonstrate that


during German as well as South African rule the colonial pattern determined the settlement


structure. Considerable new development trends did not occur before independence when the


focus of urbanization shifted to the north.


For a long period investigations of single towns and cities in Namibia were of a historic


nature. Yet, since the 1990s problem-orientated analyses have been conducted34 and first


investigations of cities in the former homelands have been published35 . They analyse critically


30 Bahr 1970, Pendleton 1974
31 Simon 1986& 1991
32 Frayne 1992,'Pendleton 1994, Windhoek Municipality 1995 b, Graefe & Peroux 1995, Seckelmann 1997


&1998
33 Schmidt 1922, Klapper 1967, Leser 1982, Bahr 1983, van der Merwe 1985, Weigend 1985
34 Philippi 1993, Devereux 1993
35 Hangula 1993, Kim 1993, Hangula & Tvedten 1994, Tvedten & Pomuti 1994, TRP Associates 1994


20




the socio-economic situation of the population as well as the means of the local authorities to


influence the1se · QOnditions. THey are complemented by political reflections on the intentions


and realities of the new Namibian government and its decentralization programme36 .


After independence the interest in the urban centres of the farming zone declined, since they


lost significance in relation to the cities in the former homelands in the north. The present


study aims at closing this gap with an analysis of their transformation and their role in the


Namibia urbanization process.


5.2 Historical Development of Namibian Cities


The development of the Namibian cities can be traced back to the activities of European


settlers which began approximately 200 years ago with the first economic use of the coast of


the territory. Permanent concentration of population, however, took place only about 100


years ago. Nevertheless, even the early settlement patterns of the 19th century have had as


fundamental an influence on the city system as those of the beginning of the 20th century. The


much older pre-colonial settlement did not have a considerable impact on urban development.


5.2.1 First exploration by Missionaries and Traders (1793-1884)


The first economic explorations at the Namibian coast took place under the Dutch and the


Britons. Since 1793 the Dutch used the Isle of Halifax, the Britons Walfish Bay, Spencer Bay


and Ltideritz Bay as bases for whaling. In 1844 they expanded their activities to the


exploitation of guano on some neighbouring islands, but no permanent settlement emerged as


the deposits were soon depleted (Schmidt 1922). Settlement rather took place in the inner


country with missionaries and traders advancing from the south. Especially mission posts


were of great significance, since they often formed the core of the succeeding development. In


the first stage of exploration they led to a settlement axis along the north-south-route from the


South African border to Windhoek (fig. 2)37 " Usually the missionaries constructed the first


buildings and established contact with the local population in the vicinity. Thus, they attracted


traders which hoped to do business with the Europeans as well as with the Africans. Although


there were few traders during this first stage of exploration they contributed significantly to


the creation of a second settlement axis in east-west-direction. Due to the connection of the


inner country!with the coast 1836/37 a row of small places developed along the routes, which


36 Weiland 1992, Simon 1996, Graefe 1997
37 The missions in Windhoek (founded in 1842) and Gobabis (founded in 1856), however, did not exist anymore


in 1884 (Schmidt 1922).


21




s


" Fransfontein'
18910


Waterberg
, , 18840


, , ,Omburo .
OmiJruru 0 1876
18670 ,··


'kombahe 0 , Ameib O'kahandja
1882 .... 01867 0 1870


tjiwmbingwe · Windhoek " Gobabis . ··
.184901842 " ·." . 1856 " "


Walfis Bay . ··
184 Rehoboth


· 1845 " ' Hoachanas ··
".."" ,, .1853


Grootfdnteln
(Sud)1878 o Gibeon


1862.


Berseba
1850.


Gochas
01889


Bethanien
LDderitzbucht1814 "
1883 Auso


Keetmanshoop
.1866


1883


European
Settlements
in South and


CentraiNamibia
before 1884


" First settlemtent axis:
South-north-route mainly
developed by missionaries


0 Second settlement axis:
Missionaries, Craftsment, Traders


(Data according to Schmtdt 1922)


Okm 400 km


A. Seckelmann


Fig 2: Historical development of European Settlements in South and Central Namibia before
1884.


led from Walfish Bay to the centre and the north of the country (figure 3): Walfish Bay 1845,


Otjimbingwe 1849, Omaruru 1867, Okahandja 1870 etc. (Schmidt 1922). At the same time


rural settlement began with some scattered British and South African (Afrikaner) farmers. The


time until 1884 can be regarded as a first settlement period38 which was mainly determined by


missionaries, in some cases additionally by traders and craftsmen. At the end of this period


Windhoek, Otjimbingwe and Omaruru were the largest centres of the territory.


5.2.2 Systematic Colonization by German Civilians and German Military (1884-1915)


From 1884 onwards, when German troops took over the rule, in the territory, the development


path changed. From now on settlement activities followed the location of military posts.


22




Often, though, military posts were established next to existing settlements, e.g. 1894 in


Li.ideritz, Warrn'bad, Gibeon, Keetmanshoop, Bethanien,!'Okahandja, Omaruru, Otjimbingwe


and Grootfontein-South (Schmidt 1922). In this manner, these places became multifunctional


as centres of church, trade and military. Probably this is the reason why they exist as more or


less significant towns and villages until today while other military posts could not attract


civilian population (e .g. Heusis, Nonidas, Tsaobis) . 1888 Otjimbingwe became the capital, but


already in 1891 it had to leave this function to Windhoek where a fortress had been built.


Equally important for the foundation and gro·wth of urban centres in Namibia was the decision


of the German government ("Deutsches Reich") to promote the colonization of the territory


systematically. A resolution to that effect was passed by the German Colonial congress


("Deutscher Kolonialkongref3") in 1902. The official German interest focussed in the


beginning on agriculture, namely on cattle breeding. An important measure to reach this target


was the creation of wells and dams. A further step after the end of the war with the Herero


was the resettlement of soldiers who wished to stay in the territory. Farms the size of 5,000


hectares were given to them under special conditions (Weigend 1985). The systematic


expansion of rural settlement is significant for the urban development in so far as the many


German farms in particular contributed to the growth of rural centres of supply and trade.


Some of them still exist today, others experienced a decline caused by the crisis of certain


agricultural sectors (e .g. Kalkfeld which depended on karakul-breeding).


In this early settlement period the abundance of raw materials had already a large impact on


settlement development. Little centres grew next to mines and developed according to the


richness ofthe deposit into more or less significant towns.


An important feature of this stage of German rule was the formal separation of the spaces of


living of the white and the non-white population. It was realized in urban areas with the


establishment of "native areas" ("Eingeborenenwerften") and on a larger scale in rural areas


with the division of the territory into two large parts: Southern and central Namibia was


declared as farming zone ("Farmzone"), in which only whites had the right to own land and to


stay permanently. Blacks were not allowed to live in the farming zone unless they had a job


there. The North of the country was "reserved" for the African population. Although this part
'


of the country offered better climatic conditions for agriculture, it was insufficient for the total


number of its inhabitants. Men in particular had to leave the region to be employed as contract


38 Schmidt 1922, Weigend 1985


23




workers in order to gam an additional (monetary) mcome m mmes or other European


enterprises. ,


1915, the year in which the Gem1ans handed over the territory to the South Africans, marks


the end of this period. While until then the significance of the settlements had depended on


their military and strategic function it now began to be based on their economic function. Of


what were the main centres in 1894 only Windhoek retained its importance in 1915 . Instead of


Otjimbingwe and Omaruru Swakopmund and Ltideritzbucht had a leading position. \\Vhile


Otjimbingwe lost more and more significance during the following decades, Omaruru could


remain an intermediate city because of its function as rural service centre.


5.2.3 Unbalanced growth under the South African Mandatory (1915-1977)


The third settlement period was determined by the policy of the South African Union, which


became the Namibian mandatary by the Treaty of Versailles in 1919. According to the League


of Nations a mandated territory was to be administrated with regard to the interests of the


local population. South Africa, however, transferred the apartheid system to the Namibian


territory and did not even retreat when the United Nations withdrew the mandate. At the heart


of the apartheid policy was the spatial and social segregation of the ethnically defined


population groups. So far the South Africans could continue and deepen the politics of the


German colonial power. The innerurban as well as the regional separation were not only


maintained but expanded. The foundation for this was laid by a number of laws which were


progressively widened and became more restrictive. As a result, Africans were tolerated in the


cities only as long as their labour was needed. Some of the most important laws in this context


are


" the "Native Administration Proclamation" (1922), which introduced the pass control to


Namibia,


" the "South West Africa Constitution Act" (1925), which enabled the adoption of South


African Law in the mandated territory,


" the "Prohibition of Credit to Natives Proclamation" ( 1927), which made it almost


impossible for blacks to start an independent business or build a house,


" and finally the "Native (Urban Areas) Proclamation" which comprised a number ofi rules


such as


the establishment of black urban locations,


the imposition of a curfew for blacks in white areas, ·


24




..the prohibition of acquisition and property of land in urban areas by blacks,


the prohibition for blacks to remain in urban areas for more than 72 hours (without


special permissions),


the removal to the rural areas of all blacks who were not needed in the local labour


market anymore or who remained otherwise illegally in a city.


The two last regulations formed the basis for the "influx control", which was meant to prevent


uncontrolled rural-urban migration.


As a result of this law the municipalities faced the problematic task of creating enough


dwellings for the black population living in the municipal territory. They copied the South


African concept of simple, small, identical houses. The resulting monotony was heightened by


the grid pattern of the street layout. The street layout and the entrance to the townships were


outlined according to military and strategic principals; so that in case of uprisings it was


possible to quickly block off single areas. Houses were rented to the inhabitants (not sold). In


view of the very low standard of living and the resulting many social problems the rent


boycott soon developed into one of the most popular forms of protest against the apartheid


reg1me.


Outside the urban areas the segregation of the population groups was pushed forward, too.


Based on the spatial division made by the Germans the Odendaal-plan was introduced in


1964. Following the South African model it was meant to create independent homelands. A


certain part of the territory was earmarked for each ethnic group and supposed to be handed


over to political autonomy. This last step was never realized in Namibia, but the separate


territories were established and the ethnic groups were forced to live there (figure 3). The


homelands were used exclusively for agriculture, but their capacity was often not sufficient to


provide for the entire population who lived there. The white settlement area, the farming zone,


comprised south and central Namibia where precipitation, but also population density, was


much lower. The farming zone was used for extensive livestock farming (with the exception


of the triangle between Tsumeb, Grootfontein and Otavi which is climatically favoured and


could be used for the cultivation of crops). Until today, commercial and export-oriented


livestock breeding is pursued only in the farming zone, since in other parts of the country


there is not sufficient veterinary control. Therefore the border between the farming zone and


the former homelands has remained a dividing line until today preventing the crossing of


livestock. In the homelands subsistence economy prevailed, and the land was usually not indi-


25




1--; ------------------------15~o~~ 0~----------------------2-0~o ~--------~


N


A
Homelands


and Farming Zone
according to the
"Odendaal plan"


2so of 1964


Fanning zone


'Homelands'


State-owned territory


....... Rivier
Road


__.., Railway
0 km 200 km ·----1


A. Secke


15° 0


Ovambo-
land


. . . .
· Buschmann-


land


Ost-


20°


s


Fig. 3: Borders of 'homelands', farming zone and state-owned territory according to the Odendaal Plan
of 1964.


26




vidual ,property but was owned by the community or a traditional chief. Up to the present day


these areas are P\\"edominantly ""communal lands".


In spite of the insufficient natural living conditions in the homelands no non-agricultural


activities were promoted there. As a result the dependence of the black population majority on


the white minority increased. Men who could not produce enough food for themselves and


their families were economically forced to become "contract workers". The system of contract


work had been established under German rule already binding the workers for a number of


months (usually a year) to a company. In Namibia this meant that the workers had to leave


"their" homeland for this period to work in the central or southern parts of the country39 . In the


cities or at the mines the workers were accommodated in very simple hostels, the single


quarters. During this time the women, which were not allowed to follow their husbands, had


to sustain the families. This periodic labour migration caused new social and economic


problems, which in many families had consequences beyond the end of the contract system.


Besides contract labour little migration took place, since the unemployed were not allowed to


stay in an area not assigned to "their" ethnic group. As a result of these conditions economic


growth in the white urban and rural areas took place without the uncontrolled rural-urban


migration which usually accompanies development in Third-World-countries. In case of need


there was enough manpower available in the north of the country, and when the workers were


not required anymore, they were sent back to the homelands. In the homelands, on the


contrary, the population number increased without an adequate economic growth or an


expansion of the social and technical infrastructure.


For the white population, however, lasting migration is proven even for the time before


independence. From the 60s onwards small rural centres lost population and decreased in


significance40 " At the same time towns in the farming zone were the only urban centres with a


heterogeneous population, since members of all ethnic groups could live there as long they


worked there. In the homelands, where no immigration from other regions ofthe country took


place, the urban population was rather homogeneous. For this reason the rigid rules of spatial


segregation were not applied in the cities in the homelands.


39 This was caused by the dependence on deposits in the eonomy of the country. In South Africa, on the
contrary, industry was located next to the homelands, which enabled the workers at least to stay with their
families.


40 Bahr 1983


27




In 1966 PLAN (People's Liberation Army of Namibia) and the South African Defence Force


(SADF) entered an armed conflict which took place in the densely populated northern
'


Ovamboland next to the Angolan border. Consequently, many of the families of this area fled


into exile or migrated to the cities further in the south, above all to Ondangwa and Oshakati.


Yet, the employment opportunities were limited in these places, because there was and is


almost no industry in Ovamboland. Thus, many households were forced to move on to


Windhoek, which became a reservoir for the majority of the refugees.


In view of the migrant movement the Southwest African planning authorities took over the


task to direct the growth of the centres. They aimed at the promotion of four cities in


particular which they defined as "regional centres": Keetmanshoop, Tsumeb, Otjiwarongo and


Swakopmund. They intended to deconcentrate institutions of supply and education. Because


of the changing political situation, however, these plans couldnot be realized. Likewise a


newly planned urban centre named "Brukkaros", was to be located between Mariental and


Keetmanshoop but was never actually established41 "


5.2.4 Deregulation and Urbanization during the Period of Transition (1977-1990)


Improvements in the lives of the non-white population did not occur before the end of the 70s.


While PLAN continued with the armed struggle, some political changes developed. 1971 the


International Court of Justice declared the permanent presence of the SADF in Namibia


unlawful and demanded the end of the occupation. A government of transition was established


and in 1977 the step by step amendment of apartheid laws began. After the repeal of the


prohibition of credits to natives, the 72-hour-clause, the influx-control, the curfew, the


prohibition of acquisition and property of urban land for blacks and some other regulations,


eventually all racial discriminations relating to urban areas were abolished. With the abolition


of the influx control a heavy rural-urban-migration set in. In addition, many expatriates (at


least 42,000 until 1990) returned to Namibia in expectation of its independence (Simon 1991,


187). Windhoek became again the destination of most of the job-seekers and developed even


more than before as primate centre.


Finally, in 1990, Namibia became independent. In the first elections the "South West Africa


People's Organisation" (SWAPO) won the majority and has formed the government ever


since. The new constitution guarantees freedom of movement to all Namibians:


Article 21: "All persons shall have the right to:( ... )


28




(g) moye freely throughout Namibia


(h) reside and settle in any patt: ofNamibia."


Many Namibians know and make use of this newly achieved right, as the drift to the cities


shows. With annual urban gro\\\\1:h rates of 5,4% in Windhoek (City of Windhoek 1996, 5) and


6,5% in Rundu and Katima Mulilo (Tvedten & Mutopola 1995, 9) some Namibian cities rank


among the cities with the world-wide fastest growing population~2 . Independence, however,


did not only cause rural-urban-migration, but also intra- and innerurban population


movements. For the future not only further spatial, but social and economic developments are


expected, since the abolition of restrictions does not only affect the freedom of movement, but


also the property and economy.


5.3 The Current System of Urban Centres in Namibia


A universally valid definition of cities according to functions, population size, life-style or


social structure does not exist. The conditions prevailing in each country are too different to


be directly compared to each other. Namibia is, above all, distinguished by a very low


absolute population number which causes small cities and a minimum of central functions.


Many places regarded as "city" in Namibia would not be regarded as such in other countries.


In the following the legal administrative determinations of the Namibian Local Authorities


Act (LAA) will be used in order to have an unequivocal definition with relevance for the


Namibian context.


5.3.1 Definitions and Responsibilities of the Namibian Local Authorities


The Local Authorities Act ( 1992, 1996) provides for the delimitation of different settlement


categories and lays down their responsibilities. 30 centres are defined as cities of three


different hierarchy levels with varying levels of autonomy of finances and decision-making.


Windhoek and Swakopmund were ranked as municipalities I, which have slightly more


liberties in the raising of credits and the disposal of real estates than the 14 municipalities II.


The third level is formed by 14 towns, which do not have to cover their expenses themselves,


but can demand support from the central and regional authorities . They have, however, less


autonomy than the municipalities (for details see table 3). Furthermore, the LAA defines villa-


41 Schneider & Wiese 1983
42 For the period between 1975-2000 urban growth rates above 5,4% could be found only in Qatar and some


African countries (Angola, Gabun, Lesotho, Madagaskar, Mauretanien, Mosambik, Togo). More than 6,5%
growth exists solely in Mauretanien (6,8%) and Mosambik (8 ,6%) (Habitat 1996, 447).


29




Lev1!l of Hierarchy


All local aut'horities only
with the approval of the
minister


Municipality I+


Municipality II


Town


Village


Executive bodies


Municipal Council:
7-12 councillors


Management Committee:
3 or 5 members


Town Clerk


Town council:
7-12 councillors


Management Committee:
3 or 5 members


Town Clerk


Village Council
7 councillors


Management Committee:
3 members


Village Secretary


Powers


" to buy, hire or otherwise acquire
immovable property


" to borrow money
(exception: municipality I)


" to grant loans or other financial support


" to establish a housing scheme


" to establish, carry on and maintain
quarnes


a public transport service


a housing scheme


- abattoirs, aerodromes, museums,
nursenes


- buildings for the storage of
perishable goods


- parking areas and railway sidings


" to allocate bursaries and grant loans for
educational purposes, to confer honours


" all powers exercised by town councils


"
"
"


to supply electricity or gas


to acquire, hire or let movable properties


to establish, carry on and maintain


ambulance service


a cemetery


any building or structure for
community requirement


" to determine charges and fees payable in
respect of any service rendered


" all powers exercised by village councils


" to supply water


" to establish, carry on and maintain


a system for the removal of sewage
and waste


streets and public places


markets


Table 3: Tasks and responsibilities of the Namibian local authorities according to the Local
Authorities Act. By approval of the minister towns and villages can obtain powers
which they previously did not have.


ges, which have few responsibilities, but still have some self-governance through their village


councils. The lowest category are settlements which are not a subject of the LAA, since they


are mere rural centres under the administration of the corresponding regional authorities.


30




~
~


~~

~
fr -· ;:s ;;;;· ...... ~ ...... ~- ~ ;:s- -· ~ "! ~ ~ ~ ~ c;.., ~ ..... ..... -~ ~ -~ ;:s 1:;- t:l ~ ~


.,
_~
;


"
0 "!



~


~
a ..... ;:s- ~ ~ 0 ~ t:l ..._ ~ s:: sr. 0 "! -. ::::- ~ c;.., ~ ~ '""-: ~ ..__ \\() \\() "'-..l t:l ;:s t:l...


V
J .....
..


j
/2


0
0



]4


0


O
p


u
w


o
iJ




20
°


N


2
]0




A


"
M


u
o


jc
jp


a
lit


)t
I




e
M


u-
n


ic
ip


a
lit


y
11


IJ
T


ow
n


0
V


ill
ag


e


1


H
e-


nt
ie


s
B


ay


-
R


eg
io


na
l


bo
un


da
rie


s:


1
K


un
en


e
2


O
ut


ap
i


3
O


sh
a


n
a



4


O
ha


ng
w


en
a


5
O


sh
ik


ot
o


6
O


ka
va


ng
o


7
C


ap
riv


i
8


E
ro


ng
o


9
O


tjo
zo


nd
ju


pa


10
O


m
ah


ek
e


11
K


ho
m


as


12
H


ar
da


p
13


K
ar


as


(D
at


a
so


ur
ce


:
'L


oc
al


A
ut


ho
rit


ie
s


A
ct


')


A
. S


e
ck


e
lm


a
n


n
h


/4
°


J6
0


19
92




4 5
6


~
T
s
u
m
e
b


O
ta


v
ie



"


G
ro


o
tf


o
n


te
in




O
tf



o


n
g


o


e
1 "f


i O
l<


ak
ar


ar
a


'\\


9
o


s
u


m
m


e
rd


o
w


n


K
al


kf
el


d
j


10


e
o


m
a


ru
ru




U
s
a


k
c
a


"
\\


e
O


ka
h


a
n


d
ja



W


itv
le


i
r
-
-
-


K
a


ri
b


ib
,.


..
-6


m
it


a
ra


b
0



"


G
o


b
a


b
is




S
w


a
k
o


p
m


u
n


/
=~


b:
:;


:s
fa


rm


.
1


1


W
al


f1
sh


B
a


y
(s


iid
a


fr
ik


a
n


is
ch


) K
al


kr
an


d
0


O
A


ra
n


o
s


S
ta


m
p


ri
e


tO


B
et


ha
ni


en
0



U


id
e


ri
tz


O
A


u
s
13




/6
°


e
M


a
ri


e
n


ta
l


O
G


o
c
h


a
s


0
K


o
e


s


e
K


e
e


tm
a


n
s
h


o
o


p


A
ro


a
b


Q


G
ru


n
a


u
O




K
a


ra
s
b


u
rg


.
~


W


_J
>.


ria
m


sV
I"e


i
a


rm
b


a
d


g


N
oo


rd
oe


w
en




/S
o


!J
JO


O


11
40




H
e


n
ti


e
s


B
a


y
e




A
d


m
in


is
tr


at
iv


e
H


ie
ra


rc
h


y
o


f
S


et
tl


em
en


ts


jJ
6


0


19
98




eo
tj
i"
fi
o8
~~
ka
ra
ra


.
9


jo
s
u


m
m


e
rd


o
w


n1
0


e
o


m
a


ru
ru




U
s
a


k
c
a


"
\\


e
O


ka
h


a
n


d
ja



..


..
.-


--
-


IJ


.
Ka


ri
bi


b~
Wi


t~ le
i
0


"
G


o
b


a
b


is


A
ra


nd
1s



1


"
'


Sw
~k
op
mu
/d


1
1



W


in
d


h
o


e
k


W
al


f1
sb


B
a


y


K
al


kr
an


d
0


0
A


ra
n


o
s


S
ta


m
p


ri
e


tO


B
et


ha
ni


en
0



Lu


de
rit


z


13


0
M


a
ri


e
n


ta
l


O
G


o
c
h


a
s


0
G


ib
e


o
n




e
K


e
e


tm
a


n
s
h


o
o


p


A
ro


a
b


Q


0
k
m



4


0
0


k
m




~
-
-
-
-
1


12
°0



14


°
/6


°
18


°
2(


)0


20
°


24
°


26
°


28
°




Thi~s classification of urban centres was conducted for the first time in 1992 and was published


in the LAK ,Since the political and economic conditions in the country changed during tHe


following years, some of the places had to be redefined (figure 4): Walfish Bay was


proclaimed a municipality I as soon as it was integrated into Namibia. Henties Bay, which had


developed from a pure holiday resort to a permanent urban centre during the 90s, became


upgraded from a town to a municipality II. The law was applied for the first time to some


centres in the north of the country which did not fulfil the conditions for proclamation before,


because the centres in the former homelands had never been surveyed (Katima Mulilo, Rundu,


Opuwo, Khorixas, Arandis, Eenhana, Uutapi). Four places were newly proclaimed as villages


between 1992 and 1998, while 11 villages were degraded to settlements. The reasons for these


decisions were the insufficient financial resources of the authorities to provide the population


with the main services such as water, sewerage etc . .


5.3.2 Criticism of the Local Authorities Act


The classification of an urban centre as municipality I or II, town or village is based on a


number of conditions which reflect its financial and administrative performance.


Consequently the unbalanced status quo between the former homelands and the farming zone


continues to exist. According to the Local Authorities Act (Part 1,3) the following demands


must be fulfilled for each category:


Municipality:


Existence of an approved township;


" ability


Town:


to exercise and perform the powers, duties and functions conferred and imposed upon


a municipal council in terms of the provisions of this act,


to pay out of its own funds its debts incurred in the exercise and performance of such


powers, duties and functions,


to comply with all its other liabilities and obligations so incurred.


" Existence of an approved township or a town which complies with the requirements of an


approved township;


" ability


32




, to exercise and perform the powers, duties and functions conferred and imposed upon


a town c~uncil in term's of the provisions of this act,


to pay, whether with or without any financial or other assistance by the Government of


Namibia or any regional council, out of its own funds its debts incurred in the exercise


and performance of such powers, duties and functions,


to comply, whether with or without any such assistance, with all its other liabilities


and obligations so incurred.


Village:


" Existence of a community which in the opinion of the President is in need of the services


which are required to be rendered or may be rendered in terms of the provisions of this


Act by a village council;


" ability to exercise and perform, whether with or without any assistance by the Government


of Namibia or any regional council, the powers, duties and functions conferred and


imposed upon a village council in terms of the provisions of this Act.


The main precondition for the proclamation of towns and municipalities is the existence of an


"approved township", which is defined in the Townships and Division of Land Ordinance of


1963, Section 1 as "an area of ground that has been surveyed into streets, erven and public


open spaces". As a result of this requirement the proclamation in the former homelands was


delayed for some years, since they had never been surveyed before. Furthermore, without the


survey no public land could be sold, thus preventing the location of business and industry.


The "Permissions to Occupy" which were given to investors, did not guarantee sufficient


security in the long term. Thus, the northern cities faced a further obstacle to their


development. Without commercial use the municipal income from land tax is lower which


again reduces the chances to be proclaimed as municipality. Therefore it is much more


difficult for the cities in the former homelands than for those in central Namibia to achieve the


status with more autonomy.


5.3.3 Local Politics


Since the passing of the Local Authorities Act two local elections took place. They showed


very different results. Most remarkable was the difference in participation: While in 1992


more than 80% of the voters took part in the elections it were only about 40% in 1998.


Therefore the current political landscape in the cities is not necessarily representative of the


,.,,.,
.).)




maj ority of the urban citizens. Yet, the dissatisfaction with urban politics during the first five


years of independence is manifest. "
All in all SW APO still dominates on the local level, but the composition of the council


changed in many places. This can be traced back mainly to the occurrence of "Residents


Associations" of which two even won the majority (in Rehoboth and Otavi) and of which


further four got seats in local councils. At the same time in Opuwo and Henties Bay the


majority changed form SWAPO to DTA and in Katima Mulilo in the opposite direction. In


four cities no majority could be achieved.


5.3.4 Population Distribution


The most noticeable feature of the Namibian settlement structure is the low population


density, which was at 1. 7 inhabitants/km2 in 1994. This average figure, however, has little


significance since the distribution of the population is not homogenous. Simplifying one can


say that the population density increases from the south to the north, a fact which can be


accounted for mainly by the natural conditions (more rainfall) and by the historical


development (reservation of the farming zone to whites) . To be more particular, however, the


urban centres have to be taken into account. In all parts of the country they form points of


population concentration. Especially remarkable are the primate city of Windhoek, the


economic growth centre of Walfish Bay and the resort town of Swakopmund at the coast as


well as the bigger cities in the Oshana-, Kavango- and Caprivi-region.


According to the last population census conducted in Namibia (1991) 72% of the population


lived in rural and only 28% in urban areas. Of these 28% more than a third lived permanently


in Windhoek (Central Statistics Office 1994, Appendix C, 9). The urbanization rate has


probably been growing since then. An average growth rate of 4,5% p.a. is supposed for the


Namibian cities during the 90s (Tvedten & Mutopola 1995, 7) , excluding Windhoek where


already in 1995 a growth rate of 5,4% could be stated (City of Windhoek 1996 a, 15).


5.4 Small and Intermediate Cities in Namibia


Small and intermediate cities in Namibia usually form the centre of a large area with relatively


few inhabitants. Consequently most of these centres have above all a supply function for their


hinterland. According to the size of the urban centre and the size of the hinterland the range of


goods and services offered broadens. A clear assignment of functions to each settlement


category is not possible, but there is a trend to a more diversified supply in the cities of the


farming zone than in the former homelands (with the exception of Oshakati which does not


34




only ha~e a strong but also a broad trade sector). Goods for day-to-day needs are offered in


almost all centres, goods for periodic and episodic needs in fewer places. A post office and at


least one bank are located in most small and intermediate cities, but the range of services


offered by these institutions change according to their clientele. Non-commercial services


such as institutions of education and health are widely spread and can often be found in small


centres, too, although again the range and quality of services offered might be low. AGRA, an


agricultural co-operative is also represented in many centres.


Relations between the small and intermediate cities and the hinterland are usually one-sided.


The cities serve as service centres, but not necessarily as market for the goods produced on the


farms. While the products in the commercial farm area (farming zone) are sold through a few


centres and enterprises, they are informally traded in the communal lands (if they do not serve


the subsistence economy).


Non-agricultural production exists m few Namibian cities. Most towns and municipalities


assign an area for industrial use, but mostly the plots are used by non-industrial businesses


(e.g. by the building sector) or not used at all. Industrial activities concentrate in Windhoek


and Walfish Bay, but Okahandja, which can be regarded in this case as an expansion of the


neighbouring capital, also accommodates some industry. Otjiwarongo has a strong


manufacturing and crafts sector. In other small and intermediate cities some agricultural


products are processed.


5.4.1 Physical Structure of Small and Intermediate Cities in Namibia


Regarding the social and spatial structure certain differences exist between the cities of the


former homelands and the farming zone. The European urban centres are for the most part


planned settlements with clearly segregated zones. Their formation is based on the South


African planning principles which are founded on the British Town and Country Planning Act


of 193243 " Unlike the cities in Europe, however, not only are the functions segregated, but


social (before: ethnic) groups are separated, too. Yet, in small and intermediate cities the


zones are not as rigidly delimited as in the bigger South African cities (figure 1). Usually there


is no tripartition (with white, coloured and black quarters), but a bipartition with white and


black residential areas and the borders between residential, commercial and industrial areas


are smooth.


43 Frayne 1997


35




Between the city centre and the black residential areas there is the buffer zone which in recent


years has become more and more used (assuming residential as well as corllinercial functions
"


or public institutions).


The structure of the residential areas is not homogeneous. While in the townships the ethnic


groups were strictly segregated, this system was not applied to the same degree to the smaller


cities. The new quarters, which were erected after independence are characterised rather by a


socio-economic structure, because the purchase of these houses mainly depends on the


financial means of the customer (if no conditions are prescribed). At the fringe of the


townships large informal areas have evolved in all cities and only few squatters settle between


the formal residential areas. With the exception of Tsumeb there are no informal settlements


next to upper class housing, a situation that does not need the control of authorities. New


immigrants prefer the neighbourhood of their frien~s and relatives and profit from a social and


economic network in the informal settlements and townships. While there are no formal shops


or businesses in the informal settlements, there are some in the former townships, but still the


majority of trade, services, and industry is located in the city centre. Some subcentres evolved


in the townships, but the range of goods offered is much smaller and the prices are higher than


in the main centre.


The inner structure of the cities in the homelands is different from that in the farming zone.


Depending on the history some of these settlements have a European core, too, but the


expansion of the cities took a less systematic course. In general the building density is much


higher, since even in the upper class areas the houses are not of the same standard as in the


southern cities. There is no clear differentiation of ethnic and functional areas and the


informal business sector is much stronger and visible all over the town (street traders, street


markets, cuca shops, small workshops etc.). Industrial areas were not assigned and


manufacturing activities do scarcely exist.


5.4.2 Intermediate Cities in the Perception of Supraregional Institutions and


Companies


For supraregional institutions and companies the different Namibian cities do not have the


same significance. Preferences are visible in the location of public institutions, and commercial


branches. It is interesting, however. that allocations do not accumulate only in bigger cities.


but also in some intermediate cities. while other urban centres do not receive any attention.


The decisions for allocations are based on the assessment of the significance of a place by the


36




various .. actors in the institutions and companies. In order to find out their perception of the


city system in ijamibia interviews with representatives of national and private institutions


were conducted, whose decisions concern small and intermediate cities (for more details on


the methods see chapter 3). Representatives of some large retailers, banks, private


consultancies, the Ministry of Regional and Local Government and Housing (MRLGH) and


the Association of Local Authorities (ALAN) were interviewed.


As a result it became manifest that apart from the three large municipalities (Windhoek,


Walfish Bay and Swakopmund) three intermediate cities in the north of the country are of


highest significance for the private retail and banking sector: Otjiwarongo, Grootfontein and


Oshakati. Especially more and more furniture and textile companies have settled here.


Otjiwarongo and Oshakati cover the central north while Grootfontein is regarded as the main


centre in the east. The banks have branches in most intermediate cities, but for one of them


Otjiwarongo has a special importance, since its vocational education centre has been


established there. Reasons given by the representatives for the location of branches in these


three centres were


" the local customer potential (population size, employment and income situation of the


population, existing trade and industry),


" the infrastructural conditions (availability and prices of real estates, provision of electricity


and water, telecommunication networks),


" the residential situation of the (management) staff.


Yet one of the retailers follows a different location strategy. This company did not open


similar department stores in all selected places, but developed a hierarchy of branches with


large shops only in Windhoek and Oshakati, but smaller "core stores" in Walfish Bay and


perhaps later more cities (Grootfontein, Rundu, Karasburg). The idea of an "online store" with


the opportunity to choose and order online in a smaller store in Grootfontein was not realized.


This South African Company, like others, regards the north of Namibia as the starting point


for further expansion:


"We first want to do three stores in _Vamibia, give it a rest for a while, settle down, and than


look for future expansion. We will go to the east and to the south. Definitely. " (Nat 04)


For this company, which plans to expand all over southern Africa, border traffic 1s an


important factor. It is not planned, for example, to have a branch in Katima Mulilo , since a


store in Zambia is planned to cover parts of the Caprivi-Region.


37




Banks, too, work with a hierarchical system of branches. Besides the main branches thev . .
establish "a&encies" whioh offer a limited range of services and even "mobile agencies" exist,


which offer only the most necessary services. At the same time the "mobile agencies" serve as


a test whether it will be rewarding to open later a permanent agency. "Mobile agencies",


however, become more and more replaced by automatic teller machines. Regarding new


locations for banks the question of competition is most important. If a majority of the


population is customer of a bank already it is very difficult for competitors to enter the


market. Thus, in some Namibian cities only one bank exists without real competition. During


the last years in the north some branches have been opened (e.g. Ombalantu, Eenhana,


Oshakati), while in south and central Namibia, especially in some villages, agencies (even


"mobile agencies") have been closed (e.g. Kalkrand, Maltahohe, Kalkfeld). One representative


summarizes this development:


"The north is the focus in any case. In the south not enough happens. (..) The focus of the


government is the north, too, concerning money, support and so on. Thus, it is logical, that we


go there further." (Nat 01)


All companies agree that it is preferable to employ local staff. In new branches the leading


positions are given to experienced personal from outside (older branches) who train the local


personal.


The retail compames do not purchase their goods in Namibia. All of the interviewed


representatives gave the information that they buy at South African wholesalers with the


reason that goods are either not available in Namibia or too expensive.


The representatives of the MRLGH and the consultancies which are all involved into the


process of proclamation of villages, towns and municipalities confirmed the tendency to more


development in the north than in south of the country. While in the north new towns were


proclaimed, in the south a number of villages were degraded to settlements. Oshikango, a


trading place at the Angolan border, is assumed to be the fastest growing settlement in


Namibia.


The Association of Local Authorities aims at developing the underdeveloped Namibian cities.


It understands itself as mediator between the state and the cities and started two initiatives


which are of significance for the small and intermediate urban areas: On the one hand, it co-


ordinates the marketing of Namibian cities towards (foreign) investors . City profiles are


gathered and passed on to interested companies. The self representation of the cities in these


profiles are nevertheless not always professional and inviting. The idea in the longer term is to


38




establisJ1 a "one stop shop", where potential investors can achieve all information necessary


for their busines~ decisions without contacting more authorities. The establishment of such an


institution could, if managed well and used by investors, become an important tool in the


marketing of small and intermediate cities. The second initiative of ALAN is the support of


city partnerships. Of such an exchange again an increase of foreign investments in small and


intermediate cities is expected. So far, however, no such success could be achieved.


5.5 The Selection of the Case Studies


Based upon the spatial separation of the different cultures during the last century the


settlement structures in the various ~amibian regions developed very differently. The focus of


the study presented here is on the small and intermediate cities of the farming zone. Almost


all of them were founded in the second period of settlement (see chapter 5.2.2) under the


German colonial rule. In this respect these centres have common features regarding their


history and function (central places in the farming area) . Under the apartheid regime again


their development was determined by the same conditions since they were assigned to the


white settlement area and according to the Native (Urban Areas) Act developed to apartheid


cities. In how far local development factors are of significance besides these common


determinants has to be shown in the three following case studies. As places for the


investigation centres of different size and function were selected to cover a broader spectrum


of the medium settlement hierarchy and to point out dependencies between the cities. Since


the relations between Namibian cities are mainly determined by distance it was sensible to


select neighbouring centres. They offer at the same time the advantage of a homogeneous


agricultural and cultural background. Since in the farming zone only two places are


proclaimed as town and both of them (Arandis and Ltideritz) have very special functions


(harbour and mining) none centre of this category could be included into the investigation.


Instead, two municipalities which differ significantly in size and function were included. As


case studies selected were finally


" Otjiwarongo, a regional subcentre (administration, trade, manufacturing) proclaimed as


municipality II;


" Omaruru, again a municipality II, but in size and central function less significant than
I


Otjiwarongo, which is '130 km north east of Omaruru;


l'' "'-'-'""'m ;.] >.. L
I v ·'"
L-~~-'::._.;,;, _.;; . ·-· .- . .


39




0 L A


- -o7e;a:---


u Khorixas
,,:q~:!l?-'~6 .··· ....
f. ....


····· .. fl~k .. ... .


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..


. . . . .
... . . .


Fig. 5: Location of the places invesTigated in central Namib ia




Location of the
Places


Investigated
in Central Namibia


" Municipality I


" Municipality II


£:I Town
O Village or


Settlement


"" ". " " Rivier


A. Seckelmann


40




" Kaljdeld, which is located in the middle of the two bigger cities. At the beginning of the


investigatio~ ~twas proclaimed as a village, but lost this status during the!Tesearch period


and was degraded to a settlement.


The three centres are located in the export-oriented commercial farming area. With rainfalls of


300 mm p.a. in Omaruru and up to 500 mm p.a. in Otj iwarongo cattle farming forms the basis


of agriculture in the region. More and more farms replace or complement this economic


activity with wildlife farming and tourism. All of the three centres are located along the traffic


axis (road and train) which leads from the coast to the north. Only Otjiwarongo is at the same


time on the main axis in south-north direction forming the junction between the two routes.


Kalkfeld and Otjiwarongo belong to the Otjozondjupa-region with the administrative centre


being in Otjiwarongo, while Omaruru is part of the Erongo-region which is administered from


Swakopmund.


6 Kalkfeld


Today Kalkfeld is everything but a favoured location: There is a lack of water and electricity,


there is no deposit worth to be exploited, no traditional rural life, no modem urban life. The


agricultural areas in the hinterland can be used exclusively for extensive cattle farming and


thus only provide for a small population. The needs of this population are covered by bigger


centres of trade and services in the vicinity. Although Kalkfeld is situated in the centre of the


country it is at the periphery of de\\·elopment. Kalkfeld is one of the poorest communities in


Namibia, since there are neither any employment opportunities nor is there enough land for an


agricultural subsistence economy. Yet, in the first half of this century, Kalkfeld was a


prosperous place. Today it is still the centre of life for its inhabitants many of whom have


never left it for a longer period of time and hope to make their living there in future, too.


6.1 History


6.1.1 Foundation and Growth


The development of Kalkfeld was caused by the railway construction on the Walfish Bay-


Grootfontein-route as well as by farming activities. The first station was build in 1906 on a


Gem1an farm and during the follo\\ving years more and more settlers came to the area. First


central buildings (hotel, post office, police station) were erectednext to the Omuramba-Rivier


41




anq became the core of the further development. In the beginning the station had the Herero
name "Okov,akuativi", but in 1907 the settlement was renamed into "Kalkfeld" meaning "field


of lime", since lime was covering large parts of the area.


As a rural service centre Kalkfeld reflected in its development the fluctuations in agriculture.


In its hinterland extensive livestock farming prevailed with cattle being one important


product, karakul sheep the other. Karakul sheep were used for the production of fur


("Persianer"), which was exported and led to prosperity in the region since the beginning of


the 1930s. The "Sudwestafrika Persianer Verkaufsgesellschaft" ("Southwest Africa Persianer


Trade Association") had its head office in Kalkfeld and as a result the banks there had the


second highest turnover in the whole Southwest African territory (with Windhoek ranked


first)44 . A second economic pillar for Kalkfeld was the exploitation of iron on the


neighbouring farm "Eisenberg" . \\Vith the economic prosperity the settlement assumed more


and more central functions (hotels, stores, a repair shop for motor vehicles, a farmers


association, a post office, a jail, soccer and tennis courts, a school, a church with German and


Afrikaans services). Kalkfeld became not only the centre of trade but of culture and


entertainment of its hinterland.


The history of the African population in Kalkfeld began soon after its foundation by European


settlers and is closely related to the ensuing employment opportunities. Damara and Herero,


who had been living in the region long before the European colonization, became labourers at


the railway, in the mine, on farms or in other wage jobs. In the beginning they lived in some


small settlements around Kalkfeld and it can be assumed that their number was soon


exceeding that of the Europeans. In spite of this they were powerless when their employers


decided to resettle them altogether in a residential area north of the centre45, which today still


forms the core of the township "Ondundu Yovitenda". The houses had and still have a very


low standard without water supply or sewerage and the inhabitants were excluded from


European urban life. Nevertheless they appreciated life in Kalkfeld, since they had a monetary


income and could buy goods to which they had no access in rural areas. Furthermore, social


networks and a strong community feeling evolved in Ondundu Y ovitenda.


Coloureds, who form the economic basis of Kalkfeld today, settled not permanently in the


area before the end of World War I. In 1942 their community acquired a piece of land and


with the help of the congregational church a school, a church and a number of houses were


44 Municipality of Kalkfeld 1956


42




built. Oply as they grew more numerous, some coloureds moved into the white city centre.


The plan to estai:>lish a colouted township "Dinosdal" (demanded by the whi·te population)


was never realized (Fig. 6).


6.1.2 On the Road to Decline


World War II did not affect Kalkfeld's development seriously, although most German men


vvere in internment camps during these years. Usually their wives took over the farm


management successfully, so that the economic life of the area and the village did not suffer.


The turn in the development of Kalkfeld came not before the end of the 50s with the


beginning of the crisis in the agricultural sector. This contributed dominantly to the decline of


the village during the following 20 years. Yet this was not the only reason for the end of


Kalkfeld's prosperity. The following factors can be regarded as main causes for the


transformation of the village:


1. Decline of the purchasing power of the farmers


The decline of the purchasing power of the farmers was caused by economic and ecological


developments. One reason was the transformation of the structure of agriculture, since


Karakul breeding, which so far had been a highly profitable sector of farming in the Kalkfeld


area, shifted more and more to the south. The climatic conditions there (less rainfall) turned


out to be more suitable for the animals which have their origin in central Asia46. In the


Kalkfeld area the focus consequently shifted to cattle breeding which was less profitable and


which became additionally problematic because ofthe foot-and-mouth disease, another reason


for the decline in the income of the farmers.


2. The emigration from farms


In the view of droughts, animal diseases and the resulting economic crisis a number of


farmers decided to sell their land. Especially South Africans who had received cheap land as a


reward for their military services during World War II wished to return to their motherland.


The sold farms, however, were not bought by new settlers, but attached to existing properties.


Thus, the total number of farms and population decreased rapidly. In 1982 61 farms were in


the property of22 owners in the Kalkfeld area·17 , and as a result the trade in Kalkfeld declined.


45 Kohler 1959


46 Karakul sheep were imported at the beginning of the century from Uzbekistan in Central Asia.


47 Bahr 1983


43




3. ~Iasure of the Eisenberg-Mine


When the ~ine was closed in the middle of the century, the deposit was not totally exploited,


but its further use was not profitable anymore. The loss of the jobs in the mine contributed to


the recession.


4. Improvement of transport and growth of the neighbouring cities


The spread of motor vehicles and the improvement and extension of roads enabled the farmers


to buy regularly in the neighbouring cities of Omaruru and Otjiwarongo which had grown


much larger than Kalkfeld. They offered not only a broader range of goods and services, but


also the high schools were located in Otjiwarongo leading to a continuous exchange bet\\veen


the farm households and this city and, thus, contributing to further losses in Kalkfeld.


5. The establishment of a township for coloureds and the resulting withdrawal of \\vhites


The above named problems resulted in the emigration of whites from Kalkfeld as early as the


1960s and 70s. But their total withdrawal was caused by a political decision and an


administrative process which confused the white residents who had so far remained in the


village. The event was based on the apartheid principle of separate administration for blacks,


coloureds and whites. In 1979 the authorities decided to buy all land in Kalkfeld still in white


hands to transform the settlement into a location for coloureds only48 . At this time roughly 270


coloureds lived in the village. They did not stay anymore on their land around the


congregational church but also settled in the white residential areas. Some white inhabitants


were annoyed that coloureds had started to live in the area they perceived as reserved for


themselves. In a letter to the authorities one of them complained about this situation and


demanded that the authorities should give loans to the coloureds so that they could buy the


land of the whites. This demand was supported by the "Blanke Advisierende Komi tee" which


emphasized that it would be much cheaper to transform the former white settlement into a


coloured one instead of developing a new coloured township (the building of the coloured


township "Dinosdal" had been planned before). The "Blanke Advisierende Komitee" claimed


to speak on behalf of all whites in Kalkfeld. In reality, however, the proposal was not


supported by all whites. Some of them did not even know about the proceedings and were


48 The description of this proceedings is based on the correspondence between the " Direkteur vir Plaaslike
Bestuur" and the " Raad vor Buitestedlike Ontwikkeling" (the two authorities responsible for rural
development under the South African mandatary). The demand to establish a settlement ·' for coloureds only"
meant apparently the absence of whites, but not of blacks, who are not even mentioned in the letters. This non-
perception of the majority of the population underpins the disregard of the authorities for the Africans.


44




surprise.~ when they received an offer of the authorities to buy their properties49. Nevertheless


all Britons, Gerfn.ans and Afrikaners sold their plots, since they were afraid they would never


again have the opportunity to purchase after the coloured settlement would be established.


Yet, the main question concerning this event is why the whole process was started. Kalkfeld


has never become a "coloureds only" settlement. The plots and houses which had belonged to


the white population were never sold to coloureds and most of them have not been used until


today. One reason could have been the abolishment of apartheid laws and the corresponding


dissolution of the separate administration. But the abolishment of apartheid started in 1977


and could have been taken into consideration in local planning and politics in the years after.


Still, some former white residents assume, that the whole process had only been initiated,


because a few house owners could make a good profit in selling their houses to the authorities.


They may have regarded this as the last chance before the end of apartheid to profit from their


favoured positions as whites. Other white residents, however, who were not involved in the


process lost a lot of money, because they achieved a very low price not enough to buy real


estate in any other place. Yet, there are not sufficient documents available on the transactions


to confirm or reject the suspicion of corruption.


The total withdrawal of the white population contributed considerably to the decline of


Kalkfeld. The economic activities of European settlers had led to the foundation of the village


and the end of these activities led to its decay. The deserted former city centre enhances this


impression. In reality, however, Kalkfeld is not "dead", as former white residents describe it.


Although the former prosperity does not exist anymore, still 1500 people are living here. Yet


their centre of living is not the old city centre, but Ondundu Y ovitenda, the old "black


location". It became the new social and cultural heart of Kalkfeld's community.


6.2 Situation and Development after Independence


6.2.1 Physical and Demographic Structure


Currently a population of approximately 1460 lives in Kalkfeld50 with the majority of who


being pensioners or pupils. While most of the households live in Ondundu Yovitenda, mainly


civil servants (teachers, staff of the local authorities) moved into houses in the old city centre.


20 returnees were also accommodated here, yet, only a quarter of them still remains in the vil-


49 B K 02, B K 0 I
50 The estimation of the village secretary is based upon a count of the houses (268) and an assumed household


size of 5 persons(= 1340 people). Finally 120 students in the hostels are added (= 1460 people) (ET K 16).


45




'


~

~


0
\\
~


C
'\\ ~


::s ("') .....


c;·


::s ~ .._


V
:l .....


~ ("') ...,.


~


"""
!
~


~
5' .._ ~


.._

~
-. ::s ....... '0 '0 '-..,1


F
u


n
ct


io
n


al


1~1
I


S
tr


u
ct


u
re




N
A


K
al


kf
e.


ld


D


F
or


m
er


c
ity


c
or


e
(m


ai
nl


y
de


se
rt


ed
)


D


H
ig


h
e


r
in


co
m


e
re


si
de


nt
ia


l
ar


ea


D


T
ow


ns
hi


p
(s


ee


de
ta


ile
d


m
ap


)


D


M
ix


ed
a


re
a


o
f r


es
id


en
tia


l
an


d
co


m
m


er
ci


al
u


se


[[
I]


P
ub


lic
in


st
itu


tio
ns



(S


=
sc


ho
ol


,
A


=
ad


m
in


is
tr


at
io


n)


O
n


d
u


n
d


u


Y
o


vi
te


n
d


a "···(
.2


00
m




O
nd


un
du


Y
ov


ite
nd


a


D


O
ld


c
or


e
o


f t
he


'T
ow


ns
hi


ps
'


(c
la


y
ho


us
es


)


D


E
xt


en
si


on
s


du
rin


g
ap


ar
th


ei
d


(f
or


H
er


er
o


an
d


D
am


ar
a)




[i
ll]


U
np


la
nn


ed
r


es
id


en
tia


l
us


e


0
(s


qu
at


te
sr


,
cl


ay
h


ou
se


s)


'B
ui


ld
T


og
et


he
r


P
ro


gr
am


m
'


[I
IJ


P
ub


lic
in


st
itu


tio
ns




ITi
lli]


F
or


m
er


c
om


m
er


ci
al


c
en


te
r


I i 1
..
. 11


, 1


(m
ai


nl
y


pu
bl


ic
in


st
itu


tio
ns


t
od


ay
)


Il



C


om
m


er
ci


al
c


en
te


r


'R
;


H
o


u
se


s
o


f t
h


e
"


re
tu


rn
e


e
s"



(S


ou
rc


e:
o


w
n


d
e


si
g


n
)


~


R
iv


ie
r


A
.


S
ec


ke
lm


an
n




lage. Toe majority preferred to start anew in other places. Finally, there are 22 coloured


households (95 ~ople)51 , who' mostly do not live in the former township, but in the southern


part of Kalkfeld. The result of this demographic structure is a spatial tripartition of the village


(fig. 6):


" the old city centre with public institutions and business buildings, which today are mainly


deserted;


" next to this and further in the south a not densely developed area vvith bigger residential


buildings;


" Ondundu Y ovitenda (in the north of the city centre) with small and simple houses in a


densely built-up area.


In Ondundu Yovitenda itself different development stages are visible. More than 50 year old


clay houses form the historical core next to which apartheid-style houses for Damara and


Herero (divided into two blocks) were built later. The most recent extension, a group of


buildings still under construction, was started as part of the national "Build Together


Program" after independence. Between these areas some squatter huts can be found.


Although the standard of living in Ondundu Yovitenda is low, the inhabitants prefer life here


to life anywhere else. Neither did they move into the houses left behind by the white residents


nor did they agree to move into new buildings which the village council offered to construct


during the 90s. Instead they enlarged their old houses with material taken from the empty


houses in the city centre. Thus, they "moved" these building into their township instead of


moving out themselves. Even the business sector moved more and more to Ondundu


Y ovitenda. During the 90s not only a shop and a bottle store, but cuca shops, shebeens and


many other informal trade and service activities started up here. At the same time a bottle


store, banks and other services in the former city centre closed.


6.2.2 Infrastructure


Technical infrastructure is poor in Kalkfeld: Only the main road is tarred, trains stop, but no


tickets are sold, electrical power was not available until the end of the 90s; the water supply is


insufficient during parts of the year and most households (especially in Ondundu Yovitenda)


do not have water taps inside the houses and are not connected to a sewerage system. Most


residential buildings are damaged, the worst houses being in the oldest part of Ondundu


51 Definition of "coloured" and estimation of the number of people according to members of these households.


47




Yqvitenda (clay houses ofthe 1940s) and better houses being in the centre and in the south of


the village: 1


The social infrastructure, too, does not meet the needs of the population. Above all health care


is at a very low level. Although a little health centre had been built with money of the EU


during the 90s, it was not used in 1998. One reason was the lack of furnishings and power


supply: Neither the planned solar unit had been built nor a generator had been installed. The


other reason was the size of the rooms, which had been integrated into the building to


accommodate nurses. They are far too little to house a whole family. Thus, it is difficult to


find staff willing to work in Kalkfeld. To solve this problem the Kalkfeld community offered


a flat outside the health centre. For the time being the education sector is not as problematic as


the health sector, but still schools are not satisfactory. The two primary schools differ


significantly in quality and equipment, a situatiop which is reflected by the different fees


demanded for one term52 . The poorer households therefore cannot afford the higher standard


of education. A further problem is the lack of hostel rooms. The only existing hostel does not


offer enough beds for all pupils whose parents do not live in Kalkfeld. Consequently the


families are either forced to move to the village (at least one of the parents) or to pay for the


accommodation of the students in other households (often pensioners). The same applies if the


students wish to go to a high school which does not exist in Kalkfeld so that they have to


move to Omaruru or Otjiwarongo.


Business is poor in Kalkfeld. The two largest stores are situated at the through road, but the


black inhabitants increasingly use the smaller shops and the informal sector in Ondundu Yovi-


tenda. All in all there is only a basic supply with goods and services. Specialised shops as well


as manufacturing or processing activities do not exist in Kalkfeld.


Three civil servants share the administration building in Kalkfeld: The village secretary, an


employee of the regional administration (responsible for the collection of fees and rents), and


a representative of the Directorate of Community Building (a department of the MRLGH),


who initiates and supervises self help projects. The village secretary, too, is employed by the


MRLGH, but co-operates closely with the regional administration. He is responsible for the


administration and management of Kalkfeld, which does not have any autonomy, since it was


degraded from a village to a settlement in 1996. The village secretary was only appointed half


52 Fees are staggered according to grades. In the one school they range between 5 and I 0 N$ per term, in the
other between 15 and 50 N$ per term.


48




a year~ later, which meant for the population that in the meantime no one was responsible for


their situation ·apd problems. "


6.2.3 Economy


Although 1500 people live in Kalkfeld, only 95 jobs in the formal economy existed there in


1997 (table 4). The majority of the households makes a living either in the informal sector or


depends on private or public allowances.


The most important employer in Kalkfeld is the government (village management, ministerial


departments, parastatal organisations, schools). The private sector does not even offer a


quarter of all jobs in the formal economy (shops, bottle stores, a drilling and an installation


business). Not all shop owners live in Kalkfeld, a fact which is leading to the withdrawal of


capital 53" New in Kalkfeld is the attempt to breed ostriches, which until 1998, however, was a


family business without effects on the job situation.


Members of many households work on farms in the surroundings of Kalkfeld. Their jobs are


subject to the economic and climatic conditions in the Namibian agriculture with its seasonal


and annual deviations. Many farmers, for instance, were forced to dismiss a large number of


their workers as a result of the drought at the beginning of the last decade. A positive impetus


for the farm sector, on the contrary, was the integration into the Treaty of Lome, which allows


the export of meat into the European Union. According to estimations this export forms 5% of


the farming income of the region 54"


In most households the income of the formal economy does not suffice to make a living. It is


complemented by informal and subsistence activities (cultivation of com, breeding and trade


of chicken and eggs, sale of "vet koek", roasted meat, dried mopane worms, some small


services such as plait braiding etc.). Informal activities are usually done by women with the


exception of the construction sector which is dominated by men, who work usually in teams


and are engaged on farms. Other important pillars of the informal economy are the work in


private households (usually in southern or central Kalkfeld) and the accommodation of school


children whose parents do not live in Kalkfeld.


Nor clear border-line exists between the informal sector and the various self-help projects


which are supported by the Directorate of Community Building. The projects are meant to


create a permanent income for its participants by providing training and giving them a basic


53 ET K 03, ET K 05
54 B K 03


49




Employer Number


G.K. Wall Pr~maryJ, School (Teachers) 8


(Cleaning) 2


(Secretary) 1


(Kitchen) 1


(Hostel) 14


Kalkfeld Primary School (Teachers) 13


(Cleaning) I


(Secretary) I


Public administration (Workers) 7


(Clerks) I


Department of Works, Transport and 12


Communication


Directorate of Community Building 1


Police 7


Telekom 4


Post 2


Trans Namib ?


Drilling company 4


Installation company 3


Shop 1 2


Shop 2 4


Shop 3 and Bottle Store 1
..,
J


Bottle Store 2 (closed since 1998) I


Bottle Store 3
..,
J


Total 95


Table 4: Jobs in the formal sector ofKalkfeld (own survey 211997)


capital to start a business. Activities initiated in this context are brickmaking, gardening,


sewing and the opening of a kindergarten. Yet most of the projects face serious problems or


even failed because of unsustainable management of the project capital and resources, theft,


conflicts among the participants or between the participants and the directorate. But not all


projects aim at income creation. The national Build Together Programme, e.g., is meant to


create shelter. The inhabitants are trained to build their own houses and receive grants with


50




low interest rates to buy the material and equipment. In Kalkfeld 25 households take part in


this programme~ which entailS many problems. Only few houses could be finished as planned.


The progress was very slow and often the money had been misused for other purposes55 . The


new village secretary solved this problem by reorganising the distribution of the money. The


outstanding loans still due were not given to the individual households but transferred to a


common fund out of which the completion of the houses by a construction team was paid.


The income of many households in Kalkfeld is not based on jobs, but comes from public or


private support. Public allowances are received in the form of pensions or drought relief.


Since the pensions are very low and not paid regularly, drought relief was an important


income for approximately 600 people in Kalkfeld until its distribution was suspended in 1997.


Therefore many households struggle even more than before and rely more than ever on


remittances of family members outside. But not all family members have the possibility to


give monetary support. Especially farm workers are lowly paid and their income is partly in


food, which they often pass on to their relatives in Kalkfeld. Some residents of Kalkfeld still


have a share in small stock or cattle staying with their family in rural areas.


6.3 Perceptions


The perceptions of Kalkfeld differ according to the social group the residents belong to. An


absolute classification of perception groups is not possible, of course, but some tendencies are


visible: Pensioners, most of whom have lived in Kalkfeld for decades, have a very close


relationship with the settlement. They usually moved there because their parents, their spouses


or they themselves found a job in the village or on a farm in the neighbourhood. Thus,


Kalkfeld was significant for them in two respects: First, as the place of work, second, as the


place where family and friends lived. This history has influenced their attitude towards the


settlement until today. They have a high local identification and are not willing to move. As


reasons for this behaviour they name


" that they "have been living here always",


" that the community cares and provides for them even if they do not have money,


" the graves of their relatives.


Furthermore, the ones of this generation who did not like the place have moved away already


which is another explanation for this group's overall high acceptance of Kalkfe ld. Problems


named by this group are the high unemployment rate and the resulting hunger and poverty.


55 ET K 17, 8 K 30, ET K 16
51




The older people complain about the moving out of the white population since they regard it


as the cause for the disappearance of the jobs.
'


A second group of different perception comprises the people of employable age who have


lived in Kalkfeld for several years at least. Some of them have grown up in Kalkfeld, but


many of them moved in during recent years or the last decades. Reasons for their migration


were usually jobs, schooling or relatives. For them Kalkfeld has above all a significance as a


place of work and education. They, too, complain about unemployment, but do not regard the


migration of the whites as the cause. They rather regard the lack of electricity, insufficient


investment activities and the neglect by government policies as the origin. The unemployed


explain, that they stay in Kalkfeld, because they do not expect to find a job anywhere else. As


advantages of life in Kalkfeld they name the low crime rate and the good relations between


the residents. This group specifies as disadvantage~ the lack of a high school, the insufficient


health care and the periodical water shortage.


Young residents and people who have been in Kalkfeld for a short time or occasionally form a


third group. Their staying is explained by a job, school or the visit of relatives. They complain


about boredom, a lack of sports facilities and the general deficiencies of the infrastructure,


particularly the lack of shelter, electricity, and water.


All groups complain about the low endowment with shops and services: a small range of


goods, high prices, the absence of banks, doctors, pharmacies and other specialized dealers. At


the same time all groups assume, that the economic situation is not better in other parts of


Namibia.


The decision-makers (school principals, employers, Herero-chief, representatives of the


regional authorities) and businessmen share the view that there are - besides the deficiencies


named by the residents - further problems: the high indebtedness of many inhabitants towards


the shops and the authorities (for services rendered), the abuse of alcohol and dagga and the


poor situation in the schools. They explain the stagnation of development with the disregard


of their problems by the government (which supports the north with priority), a shortage of


investments by private persons and the passivity of the population which is shown by a lack in


initiative and commitment.


52




Advantages


" Familiarity with the people and the place ("home")


" Assistance among neighbours


" Place, where family members are buried


" Desire to be buried here oneself


" Employment opportunities


" Distribution of drought relief


" Low crime rate


" Healthy way of living


" Little noise


" Wood can be gathered (instead of buying it)


" Intermediate size ("not as large as Otjiwarongo and not as small as Fransfontein")


Problems


" High unemployment rate


" Poverty and hunger


" Lack of qualified teachers and a secondary school


" Insufficient school buildings


" Unreliable and insufficient health care


" Insufficient shopping facilities (range of goods is too little while the prices are too high)


" No specialised shops (pharmacy, shoe-shops etc.) and banks


" No fresh goods such as milk products and meat


" Housing shortage


" Bad transport facilities


" Absence of a regular train service and a waiting room


" High costs for the transport to the neighbour cities


" Lack of entertainment opportunities


" Absence of a community hall


" Lack of manufactories


" Irregular payment of pensions


" High indebtedness of the residents


" Depressions because ofthe many problems


" Misuse of alcohol and dagga


" Passivity of the residents


Tab. 5: Kallifeld in the eyes of residents and decision-makers


53




6.4 Factors and Tendencies of Development
~'


1. Kalkfeld's development cannot be explained by local factors and processes only, but is


related to


" changes in the region (such as the developments in agriculture and the closing of the


"Eisenberg" mine),


" alterations of functions within the Namibian city network (such as the fast growth of


Kalkfeld's neighbour cities Otjiwarongo and Omaruru which cover, e.g., the education


and health needs of the farmers),


" national politics that do not consider Kalkfeld's development a priority (which becomes


manifest, e.g., in the late electricity connection and the lack of a plan to improve the water


provision),


" international relations (such as the Treaty of Lome, which allows an additional income to


the farmers, and development aid, of which, for instance, the health centre was build).


2. Kalkfeld is economically and administratively dependent on external actors and support.


The behaviour of the inhabitants of Ondundu Y ovitenda is contradictory: On the one hand,


they show a high identification with Kalkfeld, on the other hand, they show little initiative and


commitment to keep the local economy alive. Old people regard the absence of white people


as the reason for unemployment, younger people demand more efforts on the part of the


government. Passivity characterizes all segments of the population.


This situation is a sad heritage of apartheid times, since the South African government


systematically denied the black population to take responsibility for themselves or the


community. Regarding all vital questions Gobs, housing etc.) they were dependent of white


businessmen or the government. Today the degree of dependence is no lower than before.


Most households would not survive without public allowances or private support from


outside. Yet, Kalkfeld is not only economically, but also administratively more dependent


than before. Because of its degradation from a village to a settlement the place lost its village


council which had allowed at least a minimal participation of the population in decisions and


actions taken. Now Kalkfeld is subordinated to the regional authority in all matters.


54




3. The _!1igh significance as home and focus of life which Kalkfeld has for its residents is not


respected by the fluthorities. '


Authorities on all administrative levels show an indifferent attitude towards Kalkfeld. A first


indicator for this is the process of the re-classification from a village to a settlement, which


was explained with financial problems by the regional representative:


"No income was coming into town, especially from the community for services rendered to


them. Which means no income except the subsidy from central government. (. .) Since the


place is no more generating funds, it is just depending on subsidies from central government.


( . .) So that's why its title was lowered. " (ET K 19)


At the same time the payment lists ofKalkfeld's administration56 prove that the biggest single


debtor was the government itself (the Ministry of Land, Resettlement and Rehabilitation) and


not a citizen of the village. Thus, the government withdraws the right to self-government on


the grounds of outstanding debts to which it contributed itself significantly.


Another indicator are the negotiations with potential investors who planned to open an


enterprise for light aircraft production in Kalkfeld. One investor became interested, since not


only cheap land was available in Kalkfeld57, but an empty building of a former warehouse


could be renovated and re-used for the production. But Kalkfeld had no central authority


competent enough to negotiate with the investor, who had to discuss the plans with several


regional and central authorities instead which in their tum had to co-operate with each other.


Thus, the negotiations lasted for years without any result.


Finally, the treatment of civil servants shows indifference: Teachers complain about the


insufficiency or even complete lack of shelter and the village secretary was not informed on


the infrastructural situation before he took up his office. He moved to Kalkfeld with a


refrigerator, TV, video etc. only to learn afterwards that there was no electricity in the


settlement58"


4. Schools have a high significance for the local development.


Almost half the formal jobs in Kalkfeld are provided by the schools. The salaries of the


teachers flow mainly into the local money circulation, since they are used for informal servi-


56 According to a list of the 31.12.1997 the relevant ministry owed 6447,27 NS for rendered services.


57 The plot and the building together were offered for the symbolic price of I 0 N$.


58 ET K I I, ET K 16


55




Stqtements


"
"I like to M here for living, I like it, I like it. When I am dead. I don't want to be buried in
another town, but must be buried here in Kalkfeld. ( .. ) I am 71 now and I am born here. Why
should I go to another town? I don't need that.
" (ET K 21)


"In the past Kalkfeld had been. Here we looked to. Kalkfeld is broken. Look over there in the
city, where the white people were, there is nothing. All gone. ( .. ) We were before under South
African rule. Only when the Namibian independence came, everything was mixed up.
" (B K 19)


"The main problem here in Kalkfeld is that most of the people are jobless. The government
also must think in that way to create something that the people get jobs.
" (ET K 11)


"I am born here in Kalkfeld. I cannot do anything else. There is no work here - but where
should I go to ? I have to stay here until I am dead. "
(B K 17)


"I grew up here. My husband died here. Therefore I need to stay here and can't go to another
city.
" (B K 06)


"Before independence white people have been here. But now there are no more whites.
Coloureds, Easter, Herero, Damara, Ovambo
- that is all that is here. But there is no work
here. Here is no work. ( . .)
If there are white people, than there are jobs, too. But this
coloured one or what it is, who is here, he also has no more work."
(ET K 21)


"My mother and my brother are on the farm. I am alone here. I have children in school here,
that is the reason why I am here. ( .. ) But I have to go to the farm to get some food for the
children today.
" (B K 20)


"I live of the maize meal I get from the government. ( .. ) Otjiwarongo, Omaruru, there they
need nobody else. Therefore I have to stay here and get some maize meal from the
government.
" (B K 1 1)


"Let me going to tell you: the whole problem is electricity. ( .. ) J1aybe you want to buy meat
and there is nothing where you can buy meat. So as people don't have electricity, they can 't
hold meat here. ( .. ) The government promised that they are going to bring electricity. And
they are going to make an airport here and then they are going to make a tourist centre here.
That is the promise from the government. ( .. ) The problem is, it is so boring. There is nothing
of activities like sports, whatever.
If you want to watch sports, you have to travel to Windhoek.
There is no kind of activity here.
" (B K 04)


"There are no facilities to enjoy. Like a room to relax and dance. Really, it is quite boring in
Kalkfeld. ( .. ) There are only just these places and churches. It is a poor place. No money. "


(ET K 09)


"A lot of ministers or people from the government are coming here. They are making their
promises. We are going to do this and that. But we are waiting for. With open hands.
"(B K 30)


"And all the funds are going up north. I understood those schools were neglecred all the
years, but why ...
- it is not my fault. They neglect us now. ( .. ) All the ministers - when they
came here, it was in a rush: We have another appointment. And that 's why they were always
neglecting Kalkfeld. ( .. ) And another thing is the people themselves, they are not interested in
upgrading themselves, their living standards. Most of them are j ust watching when the truck
comes for the maize and the beans and they are rushing there to get food from the
government. They are not trying themselves.
" (ET K 1 0)


56




ces and trade. Further incomes are earned by households which accommodate students durino
~ . ~


the school tern,. Schools are 'at the same time a main reason for migration. If not both parents


are in the position to move to Kalkfeld, at least one of them often establishes a second


household here.


5. Migration leads to a selection of the remaining population.


"Brain Drain" in Kalkfeld does not only mean the migration of the educated residents, but of


the young and active population in general. As a result, the unproductive part of the


population (pensioners, children) remains in the settlement. The few new shops in Kalkfeld


have not been opened by local residents but by people who moved in after independence. Also


the posts in the administration which demand a higher education have not been filled with


locals.


6. Kalkfeld follows a cyclical development path.


Kalkfeld today has the same meaning to the farm workers as it had to the farmers some


decades ago. Nowadays it is a centre of supply, entertainment and education for the


employees of the surroundings. Still there is an important difference: The farmers visited


Kalkfeld because the transport situation did not allow longer travels and frequent visits to the


neighbouring towns. Today, in contrast, the technical development of roads and cars would


allow these travels, but the employees cannot afford them. Thus, the catchment area of


Kalkfeld did not change spatially, but socially. While Kalkfeld was a centre for higher income


groups during the first cycle, it serves lower income groups nowadays. This transformation is


reflected in the physical structure: Until the middle of the century Kalkfeld had a relatively


high standard of technical and social infrastructure, but afterwards the level went down


significantly.


7. The focus of Kalkfeld is shifting from the former "white" centre to "black" Ondundu


Yovitenda


With the migration of the white population the center of urban life left the former core. Most


of the houses of the white residents remained deserted with no people moving in, but some of


the buildings were taken apart and the bricks re-used in Ondundu Y ovitenda. In the former


township more and more new houses are constructed while most of the houses in central and


southern Kalkfeld (especially in the residential area next to the Congregational Church) are


empty now. At the same time shops in the old centre closed - only few services are still


57




offered there- and new (although little) stores opened in Ondundu Yovitenda, which serves


more and inpre as the new commercial and social centre.


8. Segregation between ethnic groups deepens social differences and causes migration.


Segregation is a problem in Kalkfeld since the coloured population prefers to live separate


from the black community. The coloured population models itself on European values and


rejects the African life style. After the migration of the white population the coloureds became


the motor of the economic development of Kalkfeld. Their desire for separation is expressed


socially (separate churches, friendships and entertainment) and spatially (the coloureds live


either in houses of the old white core or in the south of the centre). This innerurban situation,


however, is not the only reflection of the segregation. Migration, too, becomes more and more


important. Traditionally the activities ofKalkfeld's coloured population were directed towards


Otjiwarongo. During apartheid, however, there was not enough shelter provided for coloureds


in the bigger city, so that they had to commute. After independence the situation changed and


more and more people are moving continuously to Otjiwarongo. A main reason for this


development is the quality of schools, which is much higher in the regional capital than in


Kalkfeld.


7 Omaruru


The history of Omaruru is less varied than that of Kalkfeld, but shows different development


stages, too. Since 1970, wh~g_J:I~rero and missionaries settled permanently here, Omaruru


developed into a regional centre until the middle of the 20th century. It had significance as a _..___,_ .. . .. -
centre of trade and manufacture, but had been experiencing economic problems for about the


last 30 years59.


7.1 History


7.1.1 F_ir~..!_!nfl_u~c~~ by Dama.ra, Her~ro and Few Europeans (until ~894)


First human use of the area in which the town of Omaruru is situated can be traced back to


1500 BC according to rock paintings and carvings found there60 . Permanent settlement,


how~ver, can be proved for the middle ofthe 19th century only, when some Damara lived next


59 Details of the recent history can hardly be ascertained, since the latest chronicle of the city ends in 1969 ·"·. /
(Bourquin 1969) and statistical data and oral statements are accessible for the time since independence only. l


60 Theron 1971


58




to the civer Omaruru6 1" At the same time Herero, whose history is closely related to the further


development of lhe city, were' in the area, too.


Omaruru owes is existence to rock banks in the river. Because of their dam effect water and


sand, which prevents fast evaporation, are accumulated and therefore settlers were attracted.


The water is of a high quality and enables the growth of dense vegetation on the river banks.


Among others the bush, from which Omaruru's name was derived, grows here. If cattle eats


the leaves of this bush their milk gets a bitter taste. Therefore the name of the place was


derived from the Herero words "omaere" (sour milk) and "ruru" (bitter)62.


Between 1867 and 1869 a christianized group of Damara lived on the territory of today's


town, but they moved on to Springbokfontein. Therefore only 1870 is regarded as the year of


the urban foundation. In this year two events took place, which formed the basis for


permanent settlement: First, the Rhenish missionary · Gottlieb Viehe settled in Omaruru,


second, Herero chief Zeraua moved his main residence from Omburo to Omaruru, which at


this time was still named "Okozondje" ("place of scorpions"). During the next years European


hunters and traders, who had before used the banks of the river for temporary camps, settled


here, too. Thus, right from the beginning a variety of cultures and social groups lived in


Omaruru (Herero, Germans, Swedes, missionaries, traders, hunters). Yet their spatial


organization was not unsystematical but it was laid down by the Herero chief. According to


his direction the christianized Herero settled next to the mission house at the right river


bank63 . The European hunters and traders had to live on the same side of the river, but were


located further in the east (upstream) in some distance of the Christian communitl4 " The non-


christianized Herero lived opposite on the left river bank65 . Thus, from the beginning


Omaruru' s social division was reflected by its spatial structure. Yet in the course of time the


criteria for the segregation changed. While in the beginning voluntarily chosen characteristics


(such as profession and religion) formed the basis, it . was pure ethnical aspects during


apartheid.


The different population groups had each their own significance for the developing urban


centre. The power of the Herero was in the first decades not only ret1ected by their


6 1 Bourquin 1969


62 Janecke 1970


63 Bourquin 1969


64Anonymous: Oberblick liber die Geschichte Omarurus


65 Bourquin 1969


59




re~onsibility for the spatial organisation, but their power of decision about the land use in a


broader seh~e. They granted the right to use the pastures in the area as well as to open stores


in the settlement. Furthermore, they intervened decisively in problems between different white


settler groups, for instance between the protestant and catholic church (which lead to the


expulsion of catholic missionaries who tried to settle in Omaruru between 1879 and 1881 ).


The contribution of the European missionaries to the development of Omaruru was significant


in the sectors of education and culture. They disseminated Christian values through schools


and services and they constructed some buildings which form the core of Omaruru until today.


The European traders, as a third important group, had less influence on the inner development


of the town but were its representatives for the outside world. The South African envoy W.


Palgrave described Omaruru in 187 6 as "the trading centre of northern Hereroland, from


where the Ambo land, too, is supplied with goods': (quoted according to Bourquin 1995). 10


years later Omaruru had 70 European inhabitants which made it the third largest "city" of the


territory. Like Windhoek and Otjimbingwe it was proposed as the capital of the country by the


secretary of the govemor66. Already 10 years later in 1896 112 European settlers of six


nationalities lived in Omaruru. Among them were 27 German soldiers.


7.1.2 Expansion under the German Colonial Power (1894-1915)


In 1894 the territory of South West Africa was put under the command of the German military


and barracks were build in Omaruru. Urban life in Omaruru was now based on three


functions: church, commerce and military. As a result the trade and the crafts sector grew and


the town saw a small boom at the end of the 19th century. Still it was suffering under the two


wars which took place in the region during the first 20 years of the new century.


The war between Germans and Herero ( 1904-07) was of a special significance for Omaruru,


since both population groups were dominant in the town and used to live peacefully next to


each other. The war, however, ended with the killing or expulsion of the majority of the


Herero people. Although Omaruru remained the residence of one of their royal houses, the


Herero never recovered the power they had before the war. In the town itself the battles were


short and already ended in the first year of war with the victory of captain Franke, for whose


memory a tower was erected later next to the battle field.


After the battle of 1904 the activities of the European settlers in Omaruru continued


undiminished. In the following year the place was connected to the railway line, in 1905 a


66 Anonymous 1978 (Allgemeine Zeitung 3.1.1978)


60




po§t office was established. in I 907 the "F elsenkeller" brewery was opened (and closed again


in 1920) an-9 in 1909 the troops moved from Omaruru to Outjo. In the same year Omarm\\.1


was formally proclaimed a city and therefore had a town council for the first time. Until the


beginning of World War I a school and a hostel were opened, a landing strip constructed and


an agricultural fair took place61.The farming community grew in the period ben.\\·een these two


wars, but faced many problems because of several drought years. In the surroundings of


Omaruru mainly high quality cattle and in few cases Karakul sheep was bred. Settlement in


the area grew rapidly. While there were only 5 farms registered in Omaruru in 1900, it was


already 17 5 in 191368. At the same time smaller farming units developed along the river


specialising on the cultivation of fruits and vegetables.


World War I had few direct consequences on Omaruru. In June 1915 the South African


general Botha marched into the city which was handed over to him without fighting. Later


indirect consequences of the war was an influx of refugees from the northern and southern


border of the territory who stayed in the mission house for a few years.


7.1.3 Economic Changes and Population Development under South African Rule


(1915-1990)


The official handover of the territory to the South African Mandatory Power did not bring


immediate changes in Omaruru. The local development was determined more by agriculture


than by politics. Only in the 1960s, when apartheid policy was transferred from South Africa


to the Namibian territory, the frame conditions on the local level changed.


Between the two world wars the town grew further: the school had to be expanded (1924 ), a


creamery was opened (1925), the townhall completed (1927), a flight connection between


Omaruru and Windhoek established (1931 /32, closed later because of too little profitability)


and finally the construction of a power station was decided after many discussions (1939).


The main function of Omaruru during this time was that of the commercial and social centre


for the farmers in the hinterland. Due to the poorly developed transport facilities they often


had to stay overnight if they wanted to visit the city. Therefore three hotels were opened.


Although during World War II the male German population was interned, Omaruru still had a


prospering commercial sector afterwards. The economic decline did not set in before the


1960s. One reason for it was the establishment of the Damara homeland: In order to realize


67 Bourquin 1969
68 Kohler 1959


61




the Odendaai ptm 5i!Yeral co~ farms had to be sold and given to the Dam<n


c~mmunity wild med them for ~ce economy. At the same time Khorixas \\v"aS


transformed inro * capital of the ~nd a fact that added to the loss in significance ~f
Omaruru. JJurmg 'lie 70s and 80s tlte emnomic crisis of Omaruru deepened because two


mines in the hinte:dmd of the tO\\VD dosed and offices of two ministries (Department of Water


Affairs, De~ for Work, T~ and Communication) were transferred to other


places. As :a reslllk i2lD households left like town.


The number ()f mm-white residenrs 1QS constant in Omaruru until l 953 but from then oo


increased sre~-y. ~ 1959 1339 ~lived in the black township "Ozondje" which was


expanded a f~ed during the l:9'(jk


7.2 DeveJopmeJJts after lndepe11dence


7.2.1 Spatial.tPepulation Slnda!e


The stages !Mt!IE ltitorical devel~are reflected in today' s spatial urban structure (fig.


7). The thr. ·Did still forms !!lri1Biill axis running along the right river-bank. On the
eastern side ll>fdJis.mJad is the cowuial centre, and the old core (the mission house and the·


Evangelicaltutli.crm.Church) is loommimher in the west. The latter is surrounded by somr


non-co!11IIXItl:ialimillutions suchz1kmmricipality, a library, the police station and a link


park. Residcnlial areas are situated mmuy north of the main axis and on the opposite river


bank. The area !EtRen the main a Di the railway is functionally heterogeneous widl
commercial' me {l&dy craft) aDd plliili: institutions (church, school). Although the area


north of the rcm;uy was initially ~ for industrial use, later a residential area wz
constructed:h:1iz'cm:ployees oftiEflaarspar mine (which is closed now).


In Ozondje., ti7cl, vmus develo~sttges are visible. Starting from the entrance in tiE.
north-east tmaawas step by step~d in south-west direction. The oldest residential


areas, the s.e ~- churches~ m ofiice of the municipality and the biggest stores are


located next to lk lntrance. The iiu squatters also settled in this area, because of its


favourable llx:a!im with a comp~ mort distance to the city centre. The establishmenr


of a site-and-sen&~rea much :furlbrilthe south-east, however, caused their resettlement.


Mainly yousg ~ li\\·e in tlr tltsnml settlement69 having moved there either from


Ozondje Of miUiillareas. )iot allG!f:ftml are unemployed but even those who haYe an in-


69 ETOMOi


62




0
\\


lJ
.)


'"l
']


dq
'


-
--
.~


21
s (') ·~ o·


;::;


!::
) .....
_ ~


·~


(:j

~


~


"'
:


f\\
) ~


(
)


~


!::
)


"'
:
~


"'
:
~
·-·


-o


'0


'--
-..


.]


D


D


D


r:--
--:-


1
~


h
ig


h
e


r
in


co
m


e


re
si


d
e


n
tia


l
a


re
a




to
w


n
sh


ip
(


se
e



d


e
ta


ile
d


m
a


p
)


in
fo


rm
a


l s
e


tt
le


m
e


n
ts



(s


ite
-a


n
d


-s
e


rv
ic


e
)


m
ix


e
d


la
n


d
u


se


IG
!T


l
h


is
to


ri
ca


l c
o


re


l.i.
.i.


.lli
J


(c
h


u
rc


h
,


m
is


si
o


n
)


ITl
illi


llil
l


C
om


m
e


rc
I. a


I
. ·


ce
n


te
r


~
r
o
a
d


~
r


iv
ie


r


(S
ou


rc
e


ow
n


de
si


gn
)


[
3


in
d


u
st


ri
a


l
a


re
a



(d


e
ve


lo
p


e
d


l
a


n
d


)


D


in
d


u
st


ri
a


l
a


re
a



(u


n
d


e
ve


lo
p


e
d


l
a


n
d


)


, ,
I'.


8
to


w
n


sh
ip



i!,


iii
i I


(o
ld


c
o


re
)


DI
D


to
w


n
sh


ip
(


e
xt


e
n


si
o


n
s


si
n


ce
i


n
d


e
p


e
n


d
e


n
ce


)


~
s


q
u


a
tt


e
r


a
re


a


-
si


n
g


le
q


u
a


rt
e


rs


~


1
se


w
a


g
e


b
a


si
n



~
2
d
a
m


A
. S


ec
ke


lm
an


n


40
0


m


+
-


O
ko


m
ba


he


N
A


O
m


ar
u


ru
1


99
7


1
F


u
n


ct
io


n
al



S


tr
u


ct
u


re
8


00
Il


l




come cannot afford the construction or the purchase of a housei0 . The BTP, for instance . '
demands a· rpinimum income of 1250 N$ which in a small town like Omaruru is often not


even achieved by clerks 71 " While private investors provide houses for the higher income


groups, the lower income groups depend on the Ministry of Local Government and Housing


(MRLGH) to which the responsibility for low income housing was given after independence.


According to the mayor it was a mistake to withdraw this task from the municipalities, since


the local authorities could much better adjust the supply to the needs of the population and


control the use of the loans. Like in other towns a major problem in Omaruru are the single


quarters. Already in a very bad condition, they are now additionally overcrowded by the


families of the workers who followed them into the city.


The exact population figure of Omaruru is not known. Estimations for the middle of the 90s


given by different representatives of the municipal.ity range from 6000 to 1125072" It is clear,


however, that it is a heterogeneous population with not only different ethnic origin, but


different social classes and age groups.


Contradicting trends can be observed concerning the issue of migration. Labour migration


leads to emigration from Omaruru to bigger cities, on the one hand, and brings workers from


villages and rural areas into the town, on the other hand. Often project-bound migration can be


found with migrants moving to Omaruru (especially to Ozondje) for only a short term. At the


same time the town has become the destination for many pensioners, especially farmers.


These migrants usually buy houses in the higher income residential areas and stay for a long


term.


7.2.2 Infrastructure


Because of its situation at the main road and the railway Omaruru is well connected with all


bigger urban centres of the country. Furthermore there are roads (of a lower quality) to the


north-western areas (Okombahe, Uis, Khorixas). Inside the town the standard of infrastructure


differs distinctly between the quarters. Until independence the road to Ozondje crossed a river


bed and during the rainy season people had to struggle to leave the township. For this reason


the municipality has since built a bridge which provides a safer connection.


70 ET OM 04
71 ETOM 03
72 ET OM 01, ET OM 02, ET OM 03


64




Taxis run between Ozondje and the city centre. Since the fare depends on the distance,


transport from th~ informal areas· is more expensive than from the other parts of Ozondje73 .


The water provision is reliable, because the boreholes next to the river offer sufficient water of


a high quality. Sewerage, in contrast, is a problem which is why the municipal ity started right


after independence with the construction of a modem sewage canalization. Electricity does


exist in the city centre and the neighbouring residential areas while there is a lack in Ozondje.


Parts of the township have been connected to the power system, but this led to an increase in


rents and purchase prices of the houses. Therefore only a minority can afford this luxury.


Social infrastructure comprises several schools, kindergartens and hospitals, but still the


supply does not meet the demand. Not only is the number of beds in hospitals and hostels too


low, but the equipment in general is a problem and the quality of doctors, nurses and teachers


is inadequate.


The commercial sector offers goods and services not only for daily, but for periodic needs,


too. Most of the shops in Omaruru are managed by local businessmen and do not belong to


franchising companies. Food stores exist in the city centre and in Ozondje. Since the prices


are higher and the range of goods is lower in the township, most inhabitants prefer to buy in


the centre.


7.2.3 Economy


After the crisis in the 70s Omaruru has recovered steadily. Trade has been the main pillar of


the local economy since independence. The boom in this sector is explained by the opening of


the communal lands in the hinterland. In the former homelands public infrastructure was


improved (schools, health centres, police stations) but the commercial sector is developing


slowly leaving the inhabitants dependent on bigger cities. A further factor contributing to the


upward trend in Omaruru's trade sector is the increasing number of public servants. In order


to give jobs to the former PLAN-fighters the government employed them as prison guards or


policemen. At the same time the public service salaries were raised. Thus, there is now more


money in the local money circulation than before.


Manufacture and industry are of little significance in Omaruru. There is still a producer of


building material, but a food plant (margarine and oil) was forced to reduce its production and


to dismiss half of the staff, since the Namibian company could not compete with the low


73 In 1997: 3,50 N$ from the site-and-service-area and 2,50 N$ from the other parts of Ozondje.


65




pri .. ces of South African products. A fodder plant, which was processing waste of the food


producer wa.s bought up by a bigger company and transferred to Windhoek.


A further factor in the economy of Omaruru is tourism. Yet the town profits mainly indirectly


from this sector. The hinterland of the town is the centre of the Namibian hunt tourism.


Therefore many farms in the area were partly or entirely transformed into guest farms . This


has three advantages for Omaruru: First, new jobs were created on the farms and were partly


filled with residents of Omaruru. Second, tourists visit the restaurants and souvenir shops in


town. Third, farmers need to provide their guests with food and beverages. This supply,


however, is not regularly bought in Omaruru, since stores do not offer the same range and


prices as those in Otjiwarongo or Windhoek.


Informal trade is not of major importance in Omaruru. Some cuca shops exist in Ozondje, but


trade mainly takes place privately inside the social networks. Rather it is the informal


employment relations between Omaruru and Ozondje (which consist of jobs in private


households and gardens as well as in the construction sector) which are of economic


significance74 . Agricultural activities on a subsistence basis are scarcely found in Omaruru,


but the close interrelations between urban and rural family members lead to the exchange of


urban and rural goods. Additionally pensions are an important pillar of the monetary income


of many households in the town.


The Directorate for Community Building supports some self-help projects in Omaruru (such


as brick making, gardening, sewing) which so far, however, have not shown any results. The


reasons for this are, among others, conflicts between the project members and the


municipality. For instance, neither the two felt responsible for the payment of water or the


lease of a plot. The municipality expected financial independence from the project, whereas


the members expected support from the local authorities. Problems of the BTP in Omaruru,


where the construction of 30 houses was started, are the misuse of loans and too few efforts to


complete the construction of the houses.


The local actors in Omaruru disagree about the best strategies for the promotion of Omaruru' s


local economy. While the municipality wishes to direct foreign investments to Omaruru, the


local businessmen would prefer a stronger support for the already existing businesses.


74 ET OM 03


66




7.3 Pe..,.ceptio.ns
I .


Residents and debsion-makers have a positive attitude towards Omaruru. This is reflected in


the fact that many inhabitants were not born there, but chose the town out of a range of


possible places for living. The particular perceptions vary according to the individual


conditions of living. General advantages named are the pleasant climate, the central situation,


the richness of water and vegetation and the close bonds to the place, which have developed


over the years. Additionally, the history of Omaruru, which is closely related to Herero


history, contributes to local identification75"


The factors regarded as disadvantages are mainly those, which contribute to the deterioration


of the individual living conditions, such as the high unemployment rate, the lack of shelter


and the high rate of crime. Furthermore, all social groups of Omaruru are dissatisfied with the


political developments on the local as well as on the national level. In the informal settlements


especially the squatter resettlement was criticized76 "


The population of Omaruru is very heterogeneous and cannot be easily classified into socio-


economic categories. Nevertheless two groups of residents were distinguishable during the


investigation. They do not represent the entire population, but two very different spaces and


ways of living: On the one hand, there are German pensioners who chose Omaruru as their


home in old age. The majority of them spent their whole life on farms and are now living for


the first time permanently in an urban centre. Because of their rural past they did not want to


move to a big city like Windhoek and usually chose between Tsumeb, Swakopmund and


Omaruru. In Omaruru they like the mild climate and the water situation which allows them to


cultivate fruits and vegetable. Most of them live in the higher income residential areas and


form a community of shared activities and close relationships. On the other hand, there are


(spatially and socio-economically at the opposite end of the town) the informal settlers. Many


of them have lived in Omaruru for years, but had to leave the houses of their parents or other


relatives in Ozondje because of overcrowding. Since they cannot afford a house of their own


they open new households in the informal settlement. In their view the advantages of Omaruru


are the existence of jobs, the high quality of the water and the close bonds they have to the


town (feeling of home). They criticize the municipality for their resettlement and demand an


improvement of their situation. Although they had to move to a site-and-service-area, waste


75 B OM 16, B OM 01, B OM 09, ET OM 06, ET OM 07
76 B OM 16, B OM 01 09, ET OM 06, B OM 21


67




disposal and sanitary facilities are still in a very bad condition and the costs for travelling to


town (by taXIi) are higher than before.


Although overall positive the perception of the decision-makers of Omaruru is different from


that of the residents. They do not complain about the infrastructural problems but are concer-


Advantages


" Familiarity with the people and the place ("home")


" Employment opportunities


" Plenty of water of a high quality


" Plenty of vegetation


" Good conditions for gardening


" Central situation in the country


" Pleasant climate


" Tranquillity and beauty


" Close bonds to the place because of its history


" Low crime rate


" Low land prices


" Friendly people


" Multicultural population


" Deposits of raw material in the surroundings


Problems


" High unemployment rate


" Poverty


" Housing shortage


" Segregation and conflicts between the different population groups


" High costs of water and electricity


" Lack of manufactories


" Existence of crime


" Irregular payment of pensions and public salaries


" Insufficient equipment of the hospital


" Insufficient infrastructure in the informal settlements


" Insufficient attractiveness for investors and qualified personnel


" Lack of a city marketing


" High indebtedness ofthe residents


" Misuse of alcohol


" Rejection of the responsibility for the improvement of the living conditions by the residents


Tab. 6: Omaruru in the eyes of residents and decision-makers


68




ned with the economic crisis of the town. The advantages they name are the existence of
I .


sufficient!water of a high quality, the central situation, the beauty· and tranquillity of the town,


a relatively low crime rate, low land prices, the existence of marble and ore deposits in the


surroundings and the multicultural population77 " At the same time the main problem, in the


eyes of the decision-makers, are the conflicts which are a result of the heterogeneity of the


population. They criticize the lack of co-operation between ditierent language groups and


nationalities, which fulfil special functions in town. Therefore the various actors (the


municipality, the businessmen, the representatives of ministries, the regional council, the self-


help projects, the residents) cannot work together78. Further problems in the eyes of the


decision-makers are the lack of manufactories, the unfavourable situation of the town (not on


the main road from Windhoek), the lack of a good city marketing, insufficient incentives for


investors and qualified workersr and finally the high unemployment especially among the


youth and the resulting misuse of alcohol and increasing crime rates79.


7.4 Factors and Tendencies of Development


1. Urban planning policies: Balanced development


The newly elected town council focuses on the improvement and expansiOn of the


infrastructure in those quarters which had been neglected before. Four large construction


projects were conducted during its first years in power:


" the consolidation of the road leading to Ozondje (covering with asphalt and construction


of a bridge over the rivier),


" the electrification of Ozondje,
I


" the modernization of the sewerage system in the city centre,


" the resettlement of the squatters (causing conflicts between the informal settlers and the


municipality).


These infrastructural projects mean an important progress for the residents concerned, but


their financing became a problem. They are mainly paid for by resources which had been


saved by the former authorities before independence. In addition the prices for water and


electricity were raised to achieve a supplementary income. A problem for the municipality is,


however, that the payments are not made regularly by the users and the outstanding debts


77 ET OM 01, ET OM 02,ET OM, 04, ET OM 08, ET OM Oil
78 ET OM 01, ET OM 02, ET OM 04, ET OM 06, ET OM Oil
7q ET OM 0 I, ET OM 02, ET OM 04, ET OM 06, ET OM 09, ET OM II, ET OM 12


69




..


increase monthly. Concentrating on the infrastructural development the municipality neglects


other policytfields. E.g. , special policies to fight the general economic crisis in Omaruru have


not been developed so far.


2. Cont1icts between different social and ethnic groups prevent development.


Conflicts between the various actors exist in Omaruru on the horizontal as well as on the


vertical level. A main problem are the differences between the residents and the municipality.


One reasons for this conflict are the high expectations of the population (based on electoral


promises made by the local councillors) and the low realization by the local authorities.


Although infrastructural improvements have been made, in the view of the residents the lack


of shelter and the high unemployment still dominates life in Omaruru and they expect the


municipality to find solutions. At the same time the local councillors express their


dissatisfaction with the residents, who, they say, do not to rely on black politicians and who


are not willing to take over responsibility themselves.


Further conflicts exist between the various decision-makers. The most negative effects on the


town have the differences between the municipality represented mainly by black people and


the businessmen represented by the white "Chamber of Commerce". They accuse each other


of aggravating the situation. While the local authorities complain, that the businessmen do not


take them seriously, the "Chamber of Commerce" criticizes the municipality for its


unwillingness to co-operate. Their members do not believe that the local authorities are


capable of promoting the local economy.


The white population, too, is not undivided. There are differences between the European


language groups which find their expression in the establishment of two small private schools


(German and Afrikaans) and the high competition between the businesses of Germans and


Afrikaners.


Finally problems between the local and the regional authorities occurred. They became visible


in the resettlement project, when the municipality planned to move the squatters into a site-


and-service-area, while the regional representative supported the refusal of the informal


settlers to move.


All these conflicts result in the stagnation of development in Omaruru, although the natural


conditions (especially the water situation) are favourable for economic activities. Only the


Herero chief in Omaruru (the ·'Chief of the Royal House Zeraua") has mediating functions


between the various actors. Although he l;>elongs to a certain ethnical group, he succeeded in


70




being accepted by other local groups, too. He regards himself as a mediator between local


authorities and ret>idents, but <:Hso as a representative of the town to which he feels closely


related because of the Herero history in this area. Nevertheless he \\vill not succeed in


promoting Omaruru if not all actors return to co-operation.


Statements


"It's a beautiful town. Definitely looking at investors. I '>'Vo uld like investors to come to
Omaruru, because Omaruru has the most beautiful water. (. .) And then you find the people:
we have, of course, a multilingual, multicultural community. And that is not a weakness, it is
the srrength of any nation."
(ET OM 04)


"Firs£ of all, Omaruru has a lot of water. Secondly, apart from Omaruru itself, we have two
reseJTes here, which makes it sort of a bigger centre. (..) It is not ve1y far from Waljish Bay.
It is Mo and a half hour to Waljish Bay, to Windhoek and Otjiwarongo and it is very close to
Tsumeb. It is actually sort of a centre of its own with a good railway station, tar roads
connected to it. Therefore, apart from businesses which can be kept alive by the inhabitants
and in the surrounding for which it serves, it can also go into businesses, where it can export
things and by doing so supply jobs for the inhabitants.
" (ET OM 02)


"Omaruru is a very unfortunate town. After independence and with the policy of
reconciliation, which is supposed to bring the people closer together and to start working
together for a better future, there is a lot division in Omaruru. The first division is between
whites and blacks, but also among blacks themselves. Although the division between blacks
doesn 't have much economic significance, it is still demolishing to our society, while the
division between blacks and whites is keeping the economy at a very low point and even
brings any development away from the town.
" (ET OM 02)


"Omaruru has been forgotten. (..)It is not at all mentioned and taken notice of(..). No, it is
going down. They can do whatever they want. In Windhoek, of course, these large buildings
and all that and it is talked of all that we wish and do. The little citizen does not at all
understand what they are talking about."
(B OM 21)


"There is sort of a cold war. Cold war between white and black, white and white. You will
find the Germans and the Afrikaners. They are not supporting each other. You will hardly find
and Afrikaner going into a shop owned by German people and vice versa (..) We are
supposed to work hand in hand. But the opposite is true as far as Omaruru is concerned. This
regional councillor and the municipal council, the majority of the municipal council are from
the same party. (..) Everyone claims to be the boss. (..) At this moment, leadership


. hungriness has spoilt the whole thing " (ET OM 01)


"When we came, the councillors here, it was so difficult for us to take over these functions,
because we never knew what is going on here. It was a total new set-up to us. Most of us are
teachers and clerks. We never ran such a big institution. It was a totally new thing And even
how this budget operates. We made promises we never reach, because we never understood
the inside things. (..) And if I find it so difficult to understand, and I am a teacher, how do you
explain it to someone who doesn't have any schooling? (..) And even the attitude of our black
people to accept another black man in authority is also a problem. They rather accept a white
municipality(..) as a condition of over hundred years."
(ET OM 02)


71




3. ~Omaruru changes from a rural to an urban centre vvithout meeting the resulting


reguiremen't~.


The significance of Omaruru as a centre for a rural hinterland is decreasing as it is taking on


the function as a place of living and working for a growing urban population. New


requirements such as jobs in the non-agricultural sector as well as urban housing, education


and entertainment facilities are the results out of this development. Until now Omaruru has


not been able to meet the new demands. In general it is not prepared to accommodate such a


large population number. Furthermore the commercial sector is changing from a centre of


production to a mere trade centre. While the plants of the secondary sector had to close or at


least to reduce their production, the number and size of shops is increasing. The increase in


trade activities is caused by the opening of the Damaraland as well as by the growing number


of civil servants in Omaruru who have a comparatively high and reliable income. Therefore


trade in Omaruru is to a high degree dependent on the government policies towards its


employees.


4. Migration behaviour m Omaruru 1s complex and demands flexible solutions by the


authorities.


Omaruru cannot be clearly identified as either origin or destination of migration. Being an


intermediate city it offers jobs and attracts people from the hinterland, although the labour


market and housing do not suffice for all (old and new) inhabitants of the town. Therefore


parts of the population leave the place. Some of them move to bigger cities, others find work


on farms, especially guest farms, in the surroundings. These migrations occur on short term


basis and are subject to seasonal conditions. Thus, the authorities can hardly make long-term


plans and provide infrastructure and housing for the whole population. Flexible solutions are


needed in this field, and the economic situation needs to be generally stabilized to support


more stable individual living conditions.


8 Otjiwarongo


When Otjiwarongo was founded it was at the periphery of the territory colonized by the


European settlers. Today it is in the centre of the new independent country Namibia. Although


the origins of and the conditions for the initial growth of Otjiwarongo are similar to those of


72




Kalkfeld·, the town finally followed a contrary development path and became an


' administratively a'nd economically important regional capital.


8.1 History


8.1.1 Precolonial Settlement by Damara and Herero (1390-1904)


In 1390 a group of Damara started to live permanently in the territory of today's


Otjiwarongo80 . At least in the recent past their life was based on cattle breeding which lead to


conflicts with a group of Herero in the first half of the 191h century. The Herero were coming


from the north and under the leadership of chief Ruhaka moved into the area of Otjiwarongo.


In fights between the two groups the Damara were defeated and subjugated by the Herero81 .


Although the Herero finally settled further to the east in the Waterberg area, they named the


place "Otjiuarongo" which means "beautiful place" or "good place"82 .


8.1.2 Foundation as traffic junction and rural service centre (1904-1915)


First permanent European settlements, which laid the foundation for the city, started in 1904.


In this year the Herero were driven away from the region during the war with the Germans.


Thus, the territory was now easily accessible for Europeans, who did not only open farms but


extended the railway line into this area. It was planned to connect the coast with the Tsumeb


mines and with Angola. After a survey and technical calculations km 378 km was appointed


as junction for the lines in east and west direction. Soon a station was build at this point and in


1906 a police station was established next to it. Local historians regard the completion of the


police building as the foundation of the city of Otjiwarongo. In 1907 already 34 Europeans


lived here, although a plan for the development of the settlement was only submitted in


190883 . Otjiwarongo soon became an emporium in the trade with Outjo and the Waterberg.


The railway to Tsumeb was constructed during the following years, but the extension to


Ovamboland and Angola was never finished and it only ever reached Outjo. Construction


stopped with the beginning of World War I.


80 van der Merwe 1981
81 Hoeflich 1965
82 van der Merwe 1981
83 Hoeflich 1965


73




8.l,..3 Further Development as a Centre of Administration, Trade and Education (1915-


1990~


Bet\\Yeen World War I and World War II Otjiwarongo was subject to some changes. First of


all, the Omaruru district to which the city belonged until then, was divided and Otjiwarongo


and its hinterland became a district of its own. Not before 1939, howeYer, was Otjiwarongo


proclaimed a city.


At the end of the 1920s the composition of the population in the region and in the city


changed. There was a heavy influx of Afrikaners to whom the South African government had


allocated farms in the Otjiwarongo area84. In the 30s and 40s the steady growth of the


population continued and accordingly the number and range of services and shops broadened.


The three most important churches were established (Dutch Reformed in 1930, Evangelical


Lutheran and Roman Catholic in 1935), schools, .banks, hotels, a creamery and an abattoir


were opened. Retail flourished85.


Most important for the city was the development of agriculture in the hinterland. Especially in


the Waterberg area with its natural water deposits farming was profitable with cattle breeding


as the main branch. In the decade from 1926 to 1936 the number of farms in the district


trebled (from 620 to 1715) and accordingly the European urban population increased from


120 to 37086 . During World War II the city did not grow further, but in the following 20 years


it developed into the fourth biggest city of the territory (after Windhoek, Walfish Bay and


Keetmanshoop) with 3,200 European inhabitants. At the same time it became the largest


centre of trade and education in the northern part of the territory (Hoeflich 1965). Industrial


developments, in contrast, were not of significance at this time in Otjiwarongo. It was only


with the improvements in the provision of water and electricity during the 70s and 80s that the


manufacturing sector started to grow.


Important for the city was another development which started in 1965: the foundation and


extension of the black residential area Orwetoveni. Until then the African population had been


neglected in urban planning. First descriptions of their quarter were not given before the year


1956, when already 2,427 people were living there. At this time their number already


exceeded that of the white population (tab. 7).


84 German Ev. Church


85 Barter 1965


86 German Ev. Church (There are no figures on the African urban population at this time).


74




Year ~ Total Population


1907 " ..
1908 ..


1926 ..
1930 ..


1936 ..


1946 ..
1951 ..


1954 ..


1955/56 4 427 V)


1965 6 800 I)


1971 ..


1981 9 087 VIII)


1988 11 000 VIII)


1991


1998


Sources:


I) Hoeflich 1956


II) van der Merwe 1981


III) Dt. Ev. Kirche 1954


IV) Barter 1965


15 921 IX)


25 000 X)


V) Number of whites in 1955 added to
number of non-whites in 1956


VI) Kohler 1959 b


VII) Population Census 1981
(Statistisches Bundesamt 1992)


VIII) Estimation of Statistisches
Bundesamt 1992


Whites Non-whites
34 l)a)


(, ..


241)a) ..
120 l+ll+lll) ..


ca. 300 IV) ..


369 Ill) ..
3711ll


> 900 II) ..
1 382 I) ..


1 980 II) ..


2 050 ll)b) 2 427 Vl)c)


3 200 I) 3 600 I)


.. 4 389 II)


.. 5 853 II)


.. ..


.. ..


.. ..


VII) Population and Housing Census
1991 (Tvedten/Mupotola 1995)


VIII) Estimation of the Municipality
Otjiwarongo


a) It is not evident, whether women and
children are included in this figure .


b) 1955


c) 1956
no data available


Tab. 7: The overview of the population development in Otjiwarongo does
not only show the continuous growth of the city, but the insufficient data.


The African settlement was divided into three sections for Damara, Herero and Ovambo, but


some Bushmen and Coloureds were living among them. In 1965 the reconstruction of the


quarter began and the new township Orwetoveni was established. It was built according to the


apartheid principles and separated from the city centre by a buffer zone . In the beginning the


standard of infrastructure was low, since the single houses did not have individual water and


power supplies, but in 1976 the township was extended and modernized. Later more than


1000 houses and single quarters for more than 300 workers were built. Still, the standard of


living remained much lower in Orw,etoveni than in any other part of the city.


75




8.2 Development after Independence


8.2.1 Settlement Structure


The physical structure of Otjiwarongo is determined by natural conditions and the borders of


the neighbouring farms. Rivers form the northern and eastern borders of the urban area and


also divide the different urban quarters (Otjiwarongo, Orwetoveni, Usaraxa Aibes). In the


west, however, the neighbouring farms limit the urban development. Consequently extensions


of the city are only possible in the south (fig. 8). The spatial structure of the city changed over


the years. Today the commercial centre lies in the northern part of the main south-north-axis


(Hage Geingob street) and extends to the area of the former buffer zone. The industrial area


whose growth is approaching the station is in the west of the commercial centre. The area in


the south is characterized by a mixture of residential use and public institutions. Only the


newest extensions at the southern border are pure residential areas.


Orwetoveni is situated in the east of the city centre (fig. 8 and 9). Special about Otjiwarongo


is the development of the buffer zone, which already began before the end of apartheid. The


residential area of Orwetoveni was extended step by step in the direction of the city, so that


today the two parts of the city interlace. A row of public and commercial institutions has been


established at the entrance road to Orwetoveni. The efforts of integration becomes also


manifest in the location of a new shopping complex which connects the city centre with the


new residential areas of Orwetoveni. In Orwetoveni itself only few shopping possibilities


exist. Besides the cuca shops and other informal trade in 1997 only eight formal shops could


be found which concentrated in a little commercial centre in the old core of the township. The


houses which were constructed under apartheid still exist and have a much lower standard


than the new houses which are developed now in the former buffer zone for middle income


groups. New houses for low income groups are mainly developed in the east of Orwetoveni.


Housing programs of the parastatal housing institution as well as of a private investor and of


the "Build Together Programme" are located here. Squatters can be found only next to the


single quarters and along the rivier which forms the eastern border of the township. Most


informal settlers have moved to Usaraxa Aibes, the newest part of the city. It is a large site-


and-service-area which was originally meant to accommodate not only the existing squatters


but future migrants, too. Meanwhile the number of migrant households, however, exceeds the


number of serviced plots and the problem of insufficient infrastructure and wild squatting


76




occurs a.gam. In addition, not only migrants moved to Usaraxa Aibes, but people of the


overcrowded hou:~es in Orwetoveni moved to the site-and-service-area, too.


Migration did not only cause growth in the informal settlement and the former township, but


also in the high income residential areas. The migrants moving to Otjiwarongo have diverse


origins. Many of them are from the communal lands in the north of the country or came from


other cities while others had been working and living on farms before coming to Otjiwarongo


For migrants from the north Otjiwarongo is often the first step on their way further to the


south and to the centre of the country, but not all of them really move on. Some go back to


their rural homes, but most decide to stay permanently in Otjiwarongo. The number of


immigrants into the city is much larger than that of emigrants. In 1997 Otjiwarongo had


approximately 25,000 inhabitants 19,000 of whom living in Orwetoveni and Usaraxa Aibes.


N


A


Om IOOOm ·----1
-


Informal settlement
(site-and-service')


-


Core and extensions
of the 'township'


illiJII Industrial area (manu-
facture, craft, trade)


ITIIIIJ] Railway
.. ..... Residential area; few . . .
~ bl' . t 'tut. ns F====l Exhibition center pu ICI11SI IO ~
~ Residential areas
~ under construction


g Commercial center
I·.·.· " ·l/>j Cemetery
r-1 Designated for
L___j development


Fig. 8: Functional Structure of Otjiwarongo in 1998


Otjiwarongo
1998


Functional
Structure


D Undeveloped
- 'Single quarters'


G)


G)


South African
shopping center


'Multi Market'


G) 'Clay House Project'
Sewing- and brick-


G) making self-help projects


77




~: _:_::::::='ct. __ , ·----~. :~
l I ' I . ·- :---:-r-.--, -~:-


. ---- ;._-_· ___ ' ----


500 m


" " " .I


Orwetoveni 1997


Chronology of
Extension


Extensions before
independence


Extensions since
independence


D lnnerurban residential
area (former white)


5S Squatters
f"i"Ll, t::t::tJ Commercial center


D


N


A


A. Seckelmann


Cemetery


lnfrastructural area
(commercial use,
administration, public
institutions)


Crocodile ranch
and camping site


Source: own design


Fig. 9: Chronological development of Orwetoveni: old core and extensions before and since
independence.


8.2.2 Infrastructure


Otjiwarongo is characterized by its function as a regional traffic junction. It has railway


connections to Windhoek, Walfish Bay, Tsumeb and Outjo and well developed roads lead


into all parts of the country. Even the innerurban roads are in a much better condition than in


other towns. The roads are tarred not only in the city centre and the high income residential


areas, but in large parts of Orwetoveni, too. Only in Usaraxa Aibes there is no asphalt which


usually leads to damages in the roads during the rainy season (because of erosion). The


distance between the outer border of the informal settlement and the city centre is 4 km.


78




In the former white city as well as in the former township water and electricity supply and
I


sewerage exist id' each house. Until the end of the 90s the supply was sufficient and in


contrary to Kalkfeld no periodic lacks occurred. In Usaraxa Aibes there is neither a sewerage


system nor electricity.


The social infrastructure reflects the significance of Otjiwarongo as a regional service centre.


In 1998 there were 6 kindergartens, 5 primary and 3 high schools which were visited by 6,565


children. Health care is also on a high level with a public and a private hospital. The city's


administrative function is obvious as it is the location for the regional council, offices of


several ministries and a regional court. The commercial sector offers a broad range of goods


for daily, periodic and episodic needs.


8.2.3 Economy


Otjiwarongo's economic development is positive. In September 1997 305 businesses with seat


in Omaruru were registered at the "Namibian Chamber of Commerce and Industry". Most of


them, however, belonged to the trade sector and offered little employment opportunities.


Otjiwarongo is gaining more and more significance for supraregional trading firms, which use


the city as a location on their way to the north. Several South African department stores


which, until independence, were only located in Windhoek and at the coast, opened branches


in Otjiwarongo before they went further to the north. As a result there is a trend for local


businesses to be replaced by supraregional firms. Several local businesses had to close even


before this process set in, because they could not compete on the free market. During


apartheid the number of retailers in each city had been restricted, but after independence any


number was allowed and the older shops lost their favoured position87"


The customers in Otjiwarongo are either inhabitants of the city itself or they come from the


smaller cities and from the farms in the region. The farming community in the area is ranked


as one of the richest in the country and the farmers buy approximately 80% of their goods in


Otjiwarongo. Therefore agricultural articles are an important part of the trade supply of the


city. Specialized shops can also be found in the construction sector and providing for motor


vehicles. In the service sector a number of finance and insurance companies as well as some


offices of the transport and computer sector are located in Otjiwarongo.
I


Manufacturing also has a share in the local economy of Otjiwarongo. Most important is the


cement factory which covers the needs of the whole country (Statistisches Bundesamt 1992).


79




In J 998 there \\vere furthermore processing plants for agricultural products (wood, food), a


pharmaceutical plant and' some producers and distributors of construction material. Further


companies were planning to move to Otjiwarongo, some of them wished to produce in the


scope of the "Export Processing Zone"-programme. This programme supports the location of


industry as long as 85% of the production is earmarked for export. Unique for Namibia is the


crocodile ranch which is located not far from the city centre. Here crocodiles are bred and


used for the production of leather and meat.


Tourism is not much developed in Otjiwarongo. There are some hotels and pensions, but they


are mainly used by businessmen. One of the hotels even specialised on the conference


business which covers 90% of its income. Otjiwarongo is selected as a place for conferences


because of its central situation between Windhoek, the city "triangle" in the north-east (Otavi,


Tsumeb, Grootfontein) and the northern towns in the former homelands. The local authorities


want to promote tourism in Otjiwarongo and hope to attract tourists for at least one night.


The informal sector in Otjiwarongo is located less in the city centre than in the former


township and in the informal settlements. In particular in the squatter areas next to the single


quarters and in the east of Orwetoveni there are many informal activities. Furthermore, there


is a network of individual trade and exchange relations. In addition, many inhabitants of the


low income areas are employed as personnel in the houses and gardens of the high income


residential areas, an employment that constitutes a significant part of the informal sector.


As in other towns there are self-help projects supported by the "Directorate of Community


Building". Some of the projects in Orwetoveni (sewing, brick-making, kindergartens) are


successful and co-operate with each other. The brick-making group, e.g., produces mainly for


the local group of the "Build Together Programme", which had to face the usual problems of


unfinished buildings and inadequate repayments of the loans.


The significance of pensions for individual households should not be underestimated in


Otjiwarongo but is in many cases not as high as in the smaller towns, because of other


existing income opportunities.


8.2.4 Urban Planning and Politics


The following development trends and features have characterized urban planning and politics


in Otjiwarongo since independence:


~7 ET OT 08


80




1. Io1provement of the local business environment and promotion of external investments


Otjiwarongo .was the first ' city in Namibia to form a committee where representatives of the


municipality and the Chamber of Commerce and Industry are represented. The objective is to


develop ideas to promote the economy and to improve the living standard of the population of


Otjiwarongo. The municipality furthermore is busy working on a marketing concept which


could bring not only shops but industry to the city. Therefore, the municipality has invested a


lot in the development of industrial land and offers favourable conditions (such as low land


prices) to potential investors, if they employ local labour force.


2. Land use: Spatial integration and social segregation


In Otjiwarongo attempts to integrate Orwetoveni and the city centre were made relatively


early. The township was extended in the direction of the centre and the buffer zone was


developed as a residential area already before independence whereas in other cities extensions


of the townships were usually made at the side most distant from the centre. At the same time


another part of the buffer zone was filled with commercial and public institutions which


underpinned the segregative nature of this area. Today Orwetoveni is surrounded by a zone of


public institutions, shops and other commercially used buildings, so that the clear distinction


between the social groups continues to exist. New extensions for the higher income groups are


situated only in the south, those for the lower income groups in the west of the city. Very


pronounced is the segregation of the new informal settlement which is separated from


Orwetoveni by a rivier and a strip of undeveloped land.


3. Participation of residents and external consultants in the planning process


In Otjiwarongo planning is regarded as a common task into which various actors have to be


integrated. The establishment of U saraxa Aibes was realized according to this comprehension.


Far-sighted, the site-and-service-area was planned soon after the influx into the city began.


The area where the first squatters had settled was accepted as the site for the new


development, basic infrastructure was constructed there and plots the size of 400 m2 were


demarcated. During this process the municipality was assisted by commercial consultants. All


further decisions concerning the development of Usaraxa Aibes, however, were made in co-


operation with the residents. The settlement was divided into 10 communities each of which


sends a representative to the weekly meetings with the municipality. This committee decides


on all matters concerning the residents such as the location of public institutions or the


distance between water taps. Although the development was started early and was meant to


81




accommodate all immigrants to Otjiwarongo, the influx in the end was larger than expected.
"


At the end' pf the 90s aH plots were used and new squatter areas emerged in Orwetoveni.


Future plans exist already to develop a new site-and-service-area with a mixed land use


combining residential and commercial functions . This would enable more residents to open


small shops or workshops to work self-employed in the formal or informal sector. Again, the


plan is far-sighted but expensive and might fail because of the lack of monel8 . Further co-


operation exists between Otjiwarongo and its Canadian partner city. So far the official


exchange has not shown direct results but contributes to the development of ideas and is


planned to be expanded to the private sector in future .


8.3 Perceptions


The residents of Otjiwarongo basically have a positive attitude towards their city. Reasons are


the relatively good infrastructure of the city and lhe living together which is in most cases


perceived as harmonious. Inhabitants regard the atmosphere as friendly and personal and they


emphasize the mutual assistance between neighbours . Often Windhoek, which is perceived as


more anonymous, was cited as a contrast. Otjiwarongo has the advantages of lower prices,


smaller distances in the urban area and a lower crime rate. In comparison with the rural areas


the inhabitants see the advantages of Otjiwarongo in the chance to find a job with a foreign


employer and in the lower belief in witchcraft and traditional healers89 "


Different opinion exist on the small distance between Usaraxa Aibes, Orwetoveni and the


centre of Otjiwarongo. While some residents regard this proximity as an advantage90 , others


fear conflicts because of the clash of the social groups91 "


In the view of the residents the main problems in Otjiwarongo are the lack of jobs and shelter.


Insufficient training and education opportunities are criticized as causes for this situation. As


further ensuing problems were named: the abuse of alcohol, crime and a high number of


teenage pregnancies. The residents of different residential areas varied in their perceptions of


crime: While the inhabitants of the city centre and the higher income areas complained mainly


about car theft, the youth in Orwetoveni and Usaraxa Aibes regard violence and duress as


88 ET OT 01, ET OT 02 , ET OT 12
89 8 OT 03 , 8 OT 08, 8 OT II , 8 OT 12, 8 OT 13
90 8 OT II, 8 OT 13, 8 OT 14
9 1 8 OT 09


82




main pr9blems. The young people criticize also the lack of entertainment opportunities, the


small range of goods, available 'in Otjiwarongo and the insufficient health care92 .


Decision-makers in Otjiwarongo are mainly concerned with the economic development of the


city and its inhabitants. They, too, have basically a positive attitude towards the place. To


summarize their perceptions it can be said that they regard the economic development in


Otjiwarongo as positive, the population development, on the other hand, as negative. In the


Advantages


" Central situation in the country


" Large catchment area


" Low crime rate


" Low wages


" Familiarity with the people and the place ("home")


" No anonymity, assistance among the residents


" Security because of the familiarity among the residents


" Contacts between the different populations groups in the private as well as in the business sector


" Employment opportunities


" Low costs of living


" Urban way of living ("little belief in witchcraft")


" Tranquillity


Problems


" High immigration rate


" Open and hidden unemployment, in particular among school graduates


" Low incomes ("creeping poverty")


" High indebtedness


" Housing shortage


" Lack of water


" Misuse of alcohol. High rate of teenager pregnancies


" Existence of crime (rape, car theft)


" Bad relationship between residents and the police


" Lack of entertainment opportunities


" Lack of facilities for higher education and vocational training


" Insufficient health care


" Small range of goods in the shops


" Unbalanced ratio of.the employment in the public and the private sector


Tab. 8: Otjiwarongo in the eyes of residents and decision-makers


92 BOT 09, BOT 10, BOT 13, BOT 14


83




vi~w of the actors the main advantages of the city are its location in the centre of the cotmtry


and the cotrwarative wealth of the farmers in the hinterland. Further qualities named were the


co-operation between the municipality and the businessmen, the relatively low wages and the


low land prices. The decision-makers regard above all the strong influx of migrants as a


problem. It is expected that the municipality will not have enough financial means to continue


with far-sighted developments such as Usaraxa Aibes. Yet, it is not only the municipality that


lacks money, but the residents, too. The interviewees observe an increase in the indebtedness


of the urban and rural population leading to a "creeping poverty". The social consequences are


a further problem. The decision-makers, did not only name crime, but corruption, too93 .


8.4 Development Factors and Tendencies


1. Otjiwarongo has profited from the political changes before and after independence


Otjiwarongo gradually grew, because it profited from its central situation between Windhoek


and the north of the country. At the time of its foundation the city was located at the periphery


of the territory colonized by Europeans. But with the advance of the settlers to the north


(especially after the development of Tsumeb, Otavi and Grootfontein), it became an important


centre for the exchange and distribution of goods and services. Furthermore the division of the


Omaruru district contributed to its growth, because Otjivvarongo then became a regional


centre of administration itself. With the implementation of the "Odendaal-plan" the city


functioned as a transit centre between the national capital and the partly autonomous


homelands in the north. With the abolishment of the homeland status this axis even gained in


importance, while the south of the country lost in economic and political significance.


Therefore Otjiwarongo shifted to the centre of the new independent country, although its


geographical location is more to the north. Finally the improvements in transport contributed


to the growth of Otjiwarongo. Because of its situation at a traffic junction it became the centre


not only for a growing rural area but for the inhabitants of many smaller cities, too.


2. Co-operation and diversification contribute to the positive economrc development of


Otjiwarongo


The municipality is striving for an investor-friendly atmosphere in Otjiwarongo. It is with this


purpose that it promotes the co-operation of businessmen, politicians and planners. These


efforts have already shown some positive results: the recent location of some businesses is


93 ET OT Ol, ET OT 02, Et OT 05, ET OT 06, ET OT 08 , ET OT ll


84




explained by municipal incentives such as low land prices and the supply of enough water


even for rmiqufacturing. Further initiatives such as the entering into city partnerships and the


contacts with foreign embassies contribute to the positive image.


The local economy is guarded against large deviations by diversification. It is based on


several pillars: First, the city functions as a rural service centre. Second, small manufactories


and crafts as well as a few industrial plants (cement, medicine, food) contribute to the income


of the city. Third, the large trade-and-service sector attracts customers not only from the rural


hinterland, but of other urban centres, too. Fourth, the local and regional administration offers


jobs and attracts clients. Finally, the municipality plans to expand the tourism sector. Thus,


Otjiwarongo's economic strength is based on a broad range of economic activities in the city,


something lacking in many other Namibian cities.


3. The former bipartition of the city is replaced by-a tripartition. Inside the individual parts,


however. heterogeneity increases.


Like most Namibian small and intermediate cities Otjiwarongo was not divided into three


quarters during apartheid (for blacks, coloureds and whites). It consisted only of the white re-


Statements


"At the moment Otjiwarongo is such a place in which everybody wants to invest. I don't know
why. In Otjiwarongo in the last time buildings for 28 million Namibia Dollars have been
built. And all of them make money. All of them say, it is going well and there is not even one
who says it's going bad.
" (ET OT 02)


"Omaruru is like a village. The feeling of belonging to a village community is very strong.
Otjiwarongo is at the border of being a city. I could not say I belong to an Otjiwarongo-
community here.
" (ET OT 06)


"If the house is with four rooms, there is no sitting room, there is no kitchen, every one of
these rooms is used for sleeping, the people are sleeping in all of these rooms. Five here, jive
here, jive here, jive here. "
- "Don't you regard it as a problem to live so dense in one
house?"- "No, it is not, it is tradition."
(BOT 12)


"Even if you are hungry, you go to some room and they will give you. " (BOT 13)


"Otjiwarongo is very centrally located. It is a town with a great potential (..) and it is also
surrounded by the farm sector. Otjiwarongo is a gateway, where all the traffic can go
through. In the middle of various roads coming in.
If you come to Otjiwarongo you have to
decide which one you want to take. So it is very centrally located. Otjiwarongo is big.
"


(ET OT 02)


"A small town which has development. I just don 't know from how and from where. Well, the
government invests some times here and one or another private, private sector. but how
everything is related I don't know.
" (ET OT 08)


85




sidential areas, which included the city centre, and Orwetoveni as the township for the non-..
white population. After , independence, however, a new area was set apart, the informal


' settlement Usaraxa Aibes. Accordingly the spatial structure of Otjiwarongo now consists of
three parts representing different socio-economic classes of the urban society. Nevertheless


the population inside these areas is becoming more and more heterogeneous. This is caused by


the general lack of housing in the city forcing some overcrowded households in Orwetoveni to


move partly to the informal settlements. At the same time some smaller squatter areas have


developed in Orwetoveni. The etlmic homogeneity also is losing in significance, since money


became the main factor for the selection of a place of living now. Today higher income


families of all ethnic groups live in the residential areas in the southern city. The ethnically


heterogeneous development is especially supported by private investors who develop housing


projects according to economic criteria only (e.g. in the fom1er buffer zone) .


Remarkable is, however, that in Otjiwarongo the city centre is gaining in significance without


similar commercial developments in other parts of the city. Although the population growth is


concentrated in Orwetoveni and Usaraxa, Aibes the main shopping centre is still in the old


core of the city and even informal activities have shifted to this part, since a market project


offered incentives to small traders . In the former township and the informal settlement only


few shops exist and they offer, as usual, a small range of goods at relatively high prices. The


existence of one commercial centre only causes high transport costs for the residents.


4. In Otjiwarongo at present opposite developments are taking place at the same time:


economic growth and the aggravation of the existing problems.


While the private sector is still booming in the city, the public funds have already been


exploited. Although the municipality developed long-term plans for further developments


there are not enough financial means for their realization any more. Therefore the local


authorities cannot react to the continuous population growth and the corresponding problems


of housing shortage, unemployment and poverty. At the same time typical urban problems


such as crime, corruption and indebtedness of private households (which, anyway, could only


be solved with complex concepts) assume alarming proportions. At the moment the


municipality can only support the private sector. The policy of diversification is appropriate in


this context, because it cannot be expected that the boom in the trading sector will last. The


current competition will decrease as soon as the north-Namibian market is covered. When the


"winners" are determined, other enterprises will close their recently opened branches in


86




Otjiwan: ngo. Thus, the success of the policy of broadening the range of economic activities


might be decisiveJor the further development of the city. ;.


9 Transformation Processes and Development Factors 1n


Small and Intermediate Centres of the Farming Zone 1n


Independent Namibia


With independence Namibia became for the first time subject to the conditions of democracy


and market economy. Two important changes for small and intermediate cities resulted from


this development: First, the abolishment of the apartheid laws which had restricted the


freedo m of movement and the economic opportunities of the population. Second, the


administrative reform of the cities and regions which defined the new responsibilities and


tasks of local authorities. The resulting changes in population, politics, society and economy


are taking place in very different paces and with different intensities. The rural-urban


migration of inhabitants of the former homelands became soon the dominant process of the


"post-apartheid era". In contrast to this, the formation of a democratic society, the


stren:?"thenincz- of the economy and the enhanceme:r.t of social justice are advancing rather


slowly. Namibia faces a twofold backlog: On the one hand, like all developing countries it has


to struggle with its low economic standard by international comparison. On the other hand, it


has to close the gap within the country between the majority of the population, which had


been disadvantaged in many ways until independence, and the formerly ruling minority.


Especially in the urban areas, where the various social and ethnic groups co-exist, the


consequences of this unbalanced development are visible. Nevertheless in several fields of


urban life some progress is noticeable and determines the social and spatial structure of small


and intermediate urban centres. The dominant processes of transformation and the most


important development factors are summarized in this chapter.


9.1 Inner Structure


The spatial transformation of the urban areas is probably the most evident change since


independence. It started already with the beginning of the abolishment of the apartheid laws in


1977 and is characterized by two contrary processes: the persistence of the functional and


social separation on a large scale and, at the same time, the heterogeneous development on a


small scale. On the large scale the former bipartition is replaced by a tripartition (fig. l 0). In


87




addition to the higher income (former white) areas and the less developed (former black)


townships · a third part evolved as informal settlements. These site-and-service-areas (or
"


squatter areas, respectively) accommodate not only migrants, but inhabitants of the


overcrowded townships, too. They are usually located far away from the city centre, clearly


marked off by an often undeveloped strip of land or a rivier (thus, a new buffer zone), which


separates them from the other parts of the city.


There are also other spatial reflections of the gro\\Vih and transformation of the intermediate


cities. E.g., the development of a new intermediate residential category, which can be traced


back to the emergence of a socio-economic middle class which did not exist before. These


new middle income housing areas are constructed next to the townships, since their future


inhabitants usually come from there. In general in the post-apartheid small and intermediate


cities the social structure persists even with new housing projects (high-income residential


areas are built next to each other and low-income areas are build next to the townships).


The functional structure, too, is still adhered to after independence. Shops are situated in the


commercial centre, manufactories and workshops in the industrial areas and housing in the


residential quarters. Mixed land use exists only, where it had already existed before


independence. Although the majority of the population lives in the townships, even there no


bigger shopping centres and therefore no real competition with the city centres have evolved.


Solely the informal sector is growing here significantly and concentrates at some points.


These "cuca shop centres" are one component of the heterogeneous development inside the


large planned structure. Further indications of this process are the small units of squatters on


some undeveloped plots and the gradually upgrading of houses. In originally homogenous


areas residents expand and improve their houses according to the changes in their income


situation. Thus, the planned uniformity of the townships is circumvented. Finally, the ethnic


homogeneity of the high-income residential areas is broken up by the non-white population


with access to high-income positions who move into these areas.


Two reasons can be given for the persistence of the structure on the large scale: First, planning


in southern Africa is determined by the British planning principles, and the relating paradigm


of the separation of functional spaces has not lost in significance in Namibia since


independence. Second, the structures of the apartheid cities were created with huge


expenditure and equivalent efforts would be necessary to abolish them. This would neither


meet the demands of the people concerned nor be according to the financial means of the local


authorities.


88




::::
§



s:::: ~ ~ . ~ ra ~ ·- tJ) ~ ..c ·- Q) ~ E ....., ·- c ra (.) 0 z c ·..;::::::


Q) 0 ~ ..__
'+- :.;:::;0) Q)
0


....., u ·- ·:;: ra ~ E - ·- o'O 0::: - "0 Q) Q)
"0 E
t~ 0 J... 2 Q) .....,
"0 s::::
Cl) "0


..__ en
J: 2


..__


s:::: Q) Q) t:: ra ro CJ)t ::J c <U ra_ 0" · - ::J c.- (f) ~a
<( ra


I E " I (;)en 0 . a..
<U


I ·o -o_ ..__
c Q) Q) ..__
<U u E Q) I ·~ Ec Q)


.. ~ Q) 0 Q)
{j)(!) uu


s:::: tJ) " ra Q) Q) I en CJ) ·- ·- c ::J c ..c ....., Q) ·c ·- (.) -o <U ::J
E


en ·o t5
Q)


Q)
<U ..__ <U ..... QJ...._ ra Q) ....., -o ..... E2_...._ z ra Q) <U X- Ero.:t= ·- ·- <U o E ~ '+- "0 ~ ·~


0 Q) 0........-u


E
,_ -qTl


Q) ~ I !J !


"0 J...
:
.~


Q)
0
....., I I
~ s:::: c


c - Q) Q) -o -o
"0 "0 en en


s::::
Q) <U Q) <U


Q)
..__


Q)
..__


Q)


J: ra .::s:.
..... 2 ..... u <U <U


t:: - ro- .E-- - <U s:§ ra ra CO:.;:; c. E
<( en


Fig. 10: Apartheid and Post-Apartheid model of Namibian small and intermediate cities. While
urban settlements were characterized by a rather statical spatial structure during apartheid, they
are dominated today by the dynamic migration development. (apartheid model based on the "Model
of the Apartheid City" of Davies 1981, see fig.J6).


89




9. 2 Perceptions


Regardless pf the many existing problems the residents hold their particular urban centre in


high esteem as their place of living, as their "home". Considering the often harsh conditions


of life in the small and intermediate cities this might surprise. Reasons for their being content


with their place of residence are


" the high local identification which can be traced back to the familiarity with the place


and the personal relations among the residents ;


" the lack of comparisons (since many residents never lived in another city);


" doubts that the individual situation would be better in another city.


The principal reason for the positive evaluation of the local situation is the social network


which is based on mutual assistance among the residents. \\\\!'hen the individual resources are


not sufficient to make a living the social networks guarantee a minimum provision. It does not


only mean food or money but services, too (e.g. , looking after children). A further reason for


the high estimation of the small and intermediate centres is the combination of urban and rural


features which characterizes the places. On the one hand, there are urban qualities such as


jobs, shops and an urban life-style, on the other hand, the crime rate is comparatively low, it is


quiet and life is not anonymous. The costs of living can be kept low engaging in small


livestock breeding, gardening (mainly maize cultivation) and the gathering of wood. In


addition particular location qualities such as the abundance of water and vegetation, a mild


climate, deposits of raw material or a central situation contribute to the positive view of the


cities.


Nevertheless many inhabitants suffer from the harsh conditions of life in the small and


intermediate centres. In their view main problems are unemployment, the resulting poverty,


indebtedness, and a housing shortage all aggravated by the irregular payments of pensions and


salaries by the government. Furthermore the insufficient technical and social infrastructure is


criticized. Finally, social problems resulting from these conditions add to the situation: an


increase in crime, psychological problems (depression, abuse of alcohol and drugs) and social


segregation.


Most residents do not feel the responsibility to change their living conditions. They expect an


improvement of the situation from the local politicians, the government and private


enterprises. Especially from the white population, which often functioned as the economic


driving force before independence, a leading role, is expected once more. Even participants of


90




self-help projects, who take over an active role in the development, still expect more


assistance from ·tl.l.e authorities.' Reasons for this passive attitude among the residents are:


" The fact, that the majority of the population \\Vas systematically denied all responsibility


for their housing and working situation under the decades of apartheid. Therefore the


"vendredisme-phenomenon"94 could develop - a systematically created dependence which


left several generations of black citizens with the feeling of inferiority and the loss of self-


confidence. They take their dependence on local or national authorities and white


entrepreneurs in a matter-of-fact way.


" The high expectations of the residents from the new political leadership. It was hoped that


the SWAPO, which stood up for the rights of the black population majority during the


struggle for independence and the following election campaign, would redistribute the


resources. Neither the new local politicians nor the residents were, however, familiar with


the complex democratic system in which a limited budget exists for each sector. Many


electoral promises raised hopes among the electorate but could never be fulfilled. Many


residents are still demanding the improvement of their conditions of living from the


authorities.


" The insufficient education and training which is the reason why many people are not able


to use the various support programs which are offered by the government as well as by


NGOs. Therefore they are not able to found a self-supporting business.


Summarizing it can be said, that a strong positive attitude of the residents towards their places


of living is accompanied by a mostly passive behaviour regarding their potential contribution


to the improvement of their living conditions. It can be concluded that the dissatisfied and the


active part of the population left the cities. Consequently, "brain drain" in the Namibian small


and intermediate cities does not only mean the loss of the highly educated residents, but of the


active people with initiative and commitment in general. The remaining population consists in


large parts of pensioners and students.


The perception of the decision-makers is focusing more on the economic than on the living


function of the small and intermediate urban centres. In their view the main advantages of the


places are the low labour cost, the low land prices, the existence of a larger catchment area


(including neighbouring communal lands) and the central situation between the capital, the


94 The conception of "vendredisme" was developed by Kabou (1995 , 45) borrowing from Daniel Defoes
"Robinson Crusoe". In this novel a stranded European establishes a distinct hierarchical role model between
himself and a native inhabitant of the island.


91




coast and the densely populated north of the country. They agree with the residents about the
"


disadvantagfs such as the insufficient infrastructure, poverty and unemployment. Only local


businessmen (who have grown up in the particular town) show a high local identification.


Although they criticize the negative conditions they do not wish to move their house and


business to another city. They expect, however, more support from public authorities, and


want to see changes in the general economic conditions which would lead to a higher


protection of local businesses from foreign investors. Thus, they address with their demands


less the local than the national politicians.


Local politicians view the development chances of the small and intermediate centres not as


pessimistically as the residents and the businessmen. They emphasize the various qualities of


the places, but their political actions focus more on the location of new enterprises than on the


support of the existing local businesses. The local ~epresentatives do not regard themselves as


main actors in the economic development but demand more efforts from the private sector and


the national authorities. It is obvious that the rejection of responsibility for the development of


the small and intermediate cities is widespread on all levels concerned (fig. 11): The residents


regard almost all public and private institutions as in charge of the improvement of the


situation (public authorities, businessmen, foreign investors and NGOs). The local


businessmen expect more support from the government. Local politicians demand that the


private sector (foreign and local businessmen) creates employment opportunities and that the


government creates the necessary corresponding legal and financial conditions. The


government representatives, on the other hand, expect more efforts from the local authorities


and the residents and hopes for economic initiatives from foreign enterprises or NGOs. The


international organisations assume that the government offers favourable frame conditions


(low land and labour cost, tax and tariff reductions etc.). Furthermore NGOs hope to co-


operate with the local authorities and expect an initiative from the residents. As a result there


are no authorities or institutions which feel responsible for the development in the smaller and


intermediate urban centres and who could co-ordinate the various actors and demands.


9.3 Migration


The migration pattern of the small and intermediate urban centres in Namibia is complex. On


the one hand, there is a group of old-established residents who do not wish to leave their


homes although the conditions of living are very hard. On the other hand, there is a group of


young, very mobile households, who adapt their lives to the changing conditions by repeated


92




Rejection of.


Responsibility'


by the Actors


creation of
technical and


social
infrastuctur


(inter)national


intiative
and


commitment


~
creat10n of
jobs and


infrastructure
I


residents/


locaiNGO ·


crea\\on o(
jobs and


infrastructure


co-operation


crea ion of
favourable conditions


for enterpreneurs


government/


parastatal institutions


recruitment of
foreign


investors


I .
representatiOn


of the cities


local politicians/planners


expectations~
from other


actors


(inter)national


local


businessmen


creation of
jobs and


capital


Fig. II: The actors reject the responsibility for the economic and infrastructural development and
expect the necessary measures from other people or institutions.


migration. As a consequence, all urban centres see immigration from and emigration to


s~v~ral parts of the country. Unlike those in the north of the country, _which attract mainly


people from the neighbouring rural areas, the cities in the farming . zon~_ accommodate


migrants from -farms as well as from the neighbouring communal. areas, the northern regions


(especially the Oshana and Ohangwena region) and from other cities in. the farming_ zone. At


the same time people leave the small and intermediate urban centres, if they find jobs on a


farm or in another town. Thus, migrations patterns are multi-directional.


Reasons for migration are_ mainly jobs and education, but only the interplay of various factors


leads to the final selection of a destination. Financial and social conditions are often decisive


for the migration. Migrants who do not have a particular employment usually start their search


93




fo~ a job in a place where relatives or friends of them are already living (who will care for


them as !on~ as they don'"t have their 0\\\\'11 income). The character of migration has changed in


the course of time. In the older generation migration was usually exactly planned and was


undertaken to enter a particular working contract. Apart from the jobs it was only close


familiarly relations (marriage, parents-children) that could also cause migration. The same


attitude still exists in this generation: Old people - at least in lower income groups - are


usually less mobile than the younger ones. The young generation, on the contrary, does not


wait with moving until they have the security of a certain employment. Younger migrants


often move to a city hoping to find a job there later and they are flexible enough to move a


few times if the situation is more promising in other cities.


9.4 Social Developments


The social transformation of small and intermediate urban centres in the farming zone is


mainly caused by the changes in the quantitative and qualitative composition of the


population. With the increase in the total number of inhabitants also the number of members


of ethnic groups, who previously had no free access to the cities, increases. Although the


population of cities in the farming zone has always been more heterogeneous than that of


cities in the homeland, still the settlement of Africans was limited. Since independence their


share of the total urban population grows much faster than that of the whites.


In the cities the awareness of belonging to a certain ethnic group is still strong. This leads to


the formation of social and spatial separations, although the "racial segregation" has been


abolished with the end of apartheid. This is the phenomenon of "subsequent urban


subdivision" (Parnell 1995, 18), which means, that not only the residents form their city, but


that the strongly divided apartheid cities also formed the perception of their residents . The


resulting ethnic identification still influences the urban society. It becomes visible in various


fields:


" Spatially: Not only does the large apartheid structure with ethnically separated living


quarters in the townships still exist, but similar developments take place in the new


informal settlements. While the persistence of the old structures can be explained with the


low mobility of the inhabitants, the new ethnical blocks in the informal settlements show


the will of the migrants to live in their own cultural environment.


" Economically: Members of a language group usually prefer "their" shops (if existent).


This applies to the residents of European origin (Germans, Afrikaner, Britons) as well as ,


94




to the Afric~ns. Furthermore the competition between businessmen of different language
I .


groups increases and more problems arise, if urban functions are dominated by one group,


if, e.g., the local politicians who belong to another group than most of the businessmen or


the members of the self-help projects. The resulting conflicts hinder a continuous


development.


" Politically: The residents choose those politicians who belong to their own language group


and they do not accept local politicians belonging to another group. Therefore co-


operation between the elected representatives and minorities is often impossible on the


local level.


Conflicts and the lack of co-operation are negative effects of the segregation, but there are


advantages, too. The close relations among the members of each group function as a social


network which guarantees all participants socio-economic security.


The social segregation persists parallel to the ethnic segregation. Ethnic and social groups are,


however, less than before one and the same. Especially the abolishment of the restrictions in


the labour market led to the emergence of new classes in the cities. While non-white residents


were previously excluded from many income opportunities, they now occupy posts in the


administration and in the private commercial sector which make a social advancement


possible for them. As a consequence, those higher-income residential areas which were


previously reserved for whites only accommodate more and more non-white residents today.


Yet, in small urban centres a social improvement is impossible, since there are neither higher


education opportunities nor high-income posts. If inhabitants of these settlements strive for a


higher social status, they have to migrate.


Changes take place also in the low-income groups. Although townships and informal


settlements are still inhabited by African population, the poverty among whites is growing. It


is mainly farm households that are highly indebted. At the same time affirmative action


causes unemployment even among the better educated young white people. This is not overt,


however, since they often return to their parents place and assist them in the farm work, yet it


contributes to the increase in hidden unemployment.


9.5 Dependence and Autonomy


The "Local Authorities Act" determines the different degrees of autonomy of the Namibian


cities. According to their status in the hierarchy they have a broader or smaller range of self-


determination. So far the municipalities in the farming zone have used their resources mainly


95




for, the improvement of the living conditions in the previously disadvantaged townships


(infrastructtlt'"e projects, !'and use planning). Yet ·their power of action is limited by their


financial means and their restricted responsibilities. According to the LAA towns and


municipalities II are politically and administratively mainly dependent on the national


authorities. In reality, however, it is the economic dependence, which dominates the


relationship between the two levels. This is reflected in the need for subsidies in some fields


(e.g. housing) and in the dependence of the local trade on public salaries and pensions. The


incomes of public servants often form the backbone of the local economy, and they are


furthermore an important basis for informal services (e.g. in the field of housework). Like the


pensions, however, they are not paid regularly, sometimes not at all. Thus, not only the public


servants and pensioners suffer from these failures but their families and the local traders as


well. In the small settlements the degree of dependence is even higher: The food provision of


the population is mainly based on public allowances (pensions, drought relief) or private


remittances (from family members living elsewhere). These settlements would not be able to


survive without the public sector and continued external support.


Regarding administration the local authorities and politicians would like to have more


autonomy in the fields of financing and housing. In the field of housing problems exist in the


low-income sector. While the needs of the high- and middle-income groups are covered by the


private sector, the MRLGH took over the responsibility for low-income housing. According to


the local administration and politicians, however, the higher authorities are not able to meet


the existing needs. The municipalities themselves would be in a much better position to assess


the demand, to survey the construction process and to control the repayments.


9. 6 Economic Change


The local economies consist mainly of trade and services which are based on the agriculture in


the hinterland as well as on the civil services in the urban areas. Consequently the cities are


dependent on external factors and the removal of public offices or crises in the farming sector


(e.g. caused by droughts) have already caused immense problems in the urban economy.


As explained above, today the dependence on public allowances and salaries is significant.


This was not always the case. It was a gradual development with an onset already. before


independence, when the economic activities which had caused the foundation of the


settlements (mining, farming) declined. It was at the same time that the mobility of the


farmers grew and therefore the smaller settlements lost part of their clients. Yet, the most


96




significant factor was the rapid population growth beginning in 1977 with the first stage of the


abolishment of tl1e apartheid laws. The cities did not have enough economic potential to cover


the needs of the rapidly growing population. The influx increased the labour force, but the


productive enterprises did not grow correspondingly. Only the number of shops and public


institution increased. With every school, hospital or administration office, which opened, the


number of public servants in the cities grew and the clientele for trade broadened.


Furthermore, with new migrants more and more pensions and external remittances came into


the urban areas. Thus, retail is the only growth sector in the small and intermediate cities.


The retail sector, too, is subject to changes. While the shops were previously owned by locals,


the number of foreign investors increases now. In the small centres the "foreign investors" are


usually Namibians who do not live in these places themselves. The bigger centres (such as


Otjiwarongo) become locations for more and more branches of South African department


stores. Otjiwarongo became the point of contact of the migrants on their way from the north to


the capital with the trade on its way from the south to the north. The city is regarded as first


step for the distribution of goods in the north of the country. There is high competition


especially in the clothing and furniture branches. Smaller local businesses have no chance to


compete any more. The resulting advantage for the residents is that the range of products


which are locally available broadens and the prices decrease. At the same the difference


between these intermediate cities and the smaller centres deepens and even more people are


attracted to the bigger places. As a negative consequence, the profit is no longer accumulated


in the cities themselves but transferred to the main offices of the enterprises which are usually


in Windhoek or South Africa.


9. 7 Local Politics and Administration


The most drastic changes in local politics were caused by the transition to democracy, the


introduction of affirmative action and the administrative reform of cities and regions. The


democratic elections and the policy of affirmative action led to an almost complete change in


the positions of local councillors and the staff of the local administrations. With the


replacement of the personnel new priorities were established in local politics which can be


summarized as "closing the gap" between the formerly neglected townships and the favoured


parts of the cities. Large infrastructural projects have been carried out which exhausted ;the


financial means of the municipalities.


97




Consequently economic problems are now the focus of the attention of local politicians and


plmmers. Main objective· is the creation of jobs, and usually the location of manufactories is


regarded as the most appropriate means to this end. Thus, it became the biggest challenge of


the new municipalities to find investors. The main problem is the high competition, since the


objectives of the small and intermediate urban cities are usually identical: to find foreign


investor and to promote tourism. Both markets, however, are limited in Namibia and a city


would need to promote itself in an offensive way in order to set itself off from the others. The


local authorities are not aware of this situation and rely mostly on the services of national


institutions such as the "Association of Local Authorities" or the "Investment Centre". With


such little initiative the small and intermediate urban centres will not only have problems to


survive the national competition but also will not have any chance on the international market.


In order to attract the kind of foreign investments the planners and politicians want, the


Namibian cities would have to compete with the whole of Southern Africa, if not with all


developing countries world-wide.


A further problem is the lack of co-operation between all actors. During apartheid the


potential for conflicts was kept artificially low, since few interest groups could take part in the


decisions. Now, under democratic conditions, the range of interest groups has become


broader, but none of them is used to democratic procedures. Hence, besides the solution of the


pressing economic and social problems, it is conflict management and co-operation that have


become a new challenge for all parties concerned with the development of small and


intermediate urban centres.


10 Potentialities and Problems of Small and Intermediate


Urban Centres in the Process of Urbanization


Urbanization has been the dominant development process of Namibia ever since


independence. The existing problems of poverty, unemployment, housing shortage and


insufficient infrastructure, however, show that the cities can not cope with the growing influx.


The former government restricted rural-urban migration with an extensive system of control


and administration to prevent this situation. In contrast to this, the new democratic nation


accepts the right to freedom of movement. Urbanization is a process which takes place in all


countries of the world and causes a reduction of the population pressure in rural areas.


98




Development should lead to equivalent living conditions in rural and urban areas and not


favour the one a~ove .the othe~. The population should be able to decide according to their


own needs where they want to live. The small and intermediate urban centres still need


support to become the permanent places of living for their current population and future


migrants. Development strategies should fight the causes of the existing problems in the


cities. Three basic causes could be ascertained:


1. Unbalanced frame conditions:


" strong population growth,


" low educational level of the majority of the residents,


" lack of political experience of the new local councillors,


" insufficient autonomy in some fields of local administration (e.g. in the housing sector),


" agricultural decline of the hinterland,


" homogeneous local economies (mainly trade, little production and services),


" strong dependence on the public sector.


2. Attitudes and behaviour of the actors:


" rejection of responsibility by all actors,


" conflicts caused by ethnic (linguistical-cultural) differences,


" lack of the re-investment of capital because of loyalties towards the family.


3. Insufficient development strategies:


" focus on the infrastructural improvement of the previously neglected townships ("closing


the gap"),


" one-sided promotion of foreign investments and tourism,


" lack of city marketing.


10. 1 Unbalanced Frame Conditions


The structural features of population growth and education cannot be changed in the short


term. They will form the scope for the development of small and intermediate urban centres


for at least one, probably more generations. They will add to the problems of poverty and


unemployment, if there no successful multiplication of redistribution of the existing resources


takes place. In comparison to the other countries of southern Africa Namibia has a very high


annual per capita income with US$ 1970, but its distribution is one of the most unbalanced in


99




the world95 . Also in the intermediate centres of the farming zone exist very different income


situations, !Jut it is the small centres which are often some of the poorest communities in the


whole country, since their inhabitants neither have the chance to gain a monetary income nor


do they have enough land to engage in subsistence agriculture.


The current political, administrative and economic conditions, however, do not allow an


increase or a redistribution of income. The economic potentials improve only in the bigger


centres of the farming zone which become gradually less dependent on the commercial


farming sector. The smaller centres lack the experienced, well trained staff and the capital


which is necessary to react appropriately to the problems. With the aim to give them more


freedom of action the Namibian government passed a decentralisation program, which enables


the local authorities to levy local taxes and to adjust the extension of technical and social


infrastructure and housing better to the needs of the residents. Yet, experiences in other former


colonial countries have shown, that decentralisation efforts often fail, since national


authorities tend to extend their spheres of influence rather than reduce them. Centrally trained


staff usually has problems supporting the concept of decentralisation96 " In this respect it could


tum out to be an advantage that the new personnel, that took over the positions in politics and


administration after independence, still needs to be trained. The "human capital" is one of the


dominant development factors for the future development of small and intermediate urban


centres. Not only technical knowledge is needed, but the ability to mediate between the


different actors and interest groups.


10.2 Attitudes and Behaviour of the Actors


The main obstacle for the development of the small and intermediate urban centres is the


rejection of responsibility on all levels (see chapter 9.2). One reason for this, the


systematically created dependence ("vendredisme phenomenon"), can only be overcome by


an education which includes more than the teaching of knowledge. It should also encourage


the people concerned to take responsibility as well as to show more initiative of their own.


Part of this would be the information on support offered by the government for individual


business activities. The unreasonable expectations which were evoked by election promises of


the new government are a second reason for the passivity of the residents. If politicians are


95 Measured by the Gini-Coefficient, which describes the deviation of normal income distribution. According to
the World Bank a factor above 0.55 is an indicator for a very unbalanced distribution. The Gini-Coefficient in
Namibia is 0.7 (Hansohm et al. 1998, 1).


96 Kevenhorster 1990


100




hoping ·for more commitment of the population they will have to make more realistic


statements on th~ir own possibilities and limits in the future. Just as the residents they need


training not only in the implementation of particular projects, but also in planning and in how


to detect and support the local potentialities. A further obstacles for the development on the


local level are the still existing segregation tendencies, which contribute to the formation of


interest groups and thus to the rise of conflicts. The division of the urban society is caused by


differences in culture and language, but it is intensified further by two other processes: the


"subsequent urban subdivision" (see chapter 9.4) on the one hand, and the scarcity of


resources on the other hand. The (subjectively felt) necessity to rely on one's "own" social


group increases as soon as the basic provision is not guaranteed anymore. This leads to a


vicious circle of segregation and development obstacles (fig. 12), which can only be broken


by a considerable improvement in the living conditions and by educational work. Furthermore


the mediation between the conflict groups ought to be promoted. This task rests with some


key persons who are widely respected such as the traditional authorities or the community


development activators. A closer co-operation between decision-makers and residents is


desirable especially in the following fields:


" the organization of self-help projects,


" the planning and carrying out of infrastructural measures which need the acceptance of the


population (such as the establishment of site-and-service-areas and the extension of water


and electricity provision),


" the planning and carrying out of housing projects which need to be adjusted to the abilities


and needs of the inhabitants.


The affiliation to a certain population group does not only have external effects (the


intensification of segregation) but hampers development because of its internal effects on the


members. Since the groups function as social security systems, each person contributes what


is available to care for those who cannot provide for themselves. Therefore, no capital


remains, which could be reinvested into income-generating activities and the general level of


provision remains low. This cultural-economic phenomenon has been observed in many


countries of Sub-Saharan Africa and it is assumed that it is the reason for the fact that 38 of


the 50 poorest countries of the world are in this region9-.


97 Weiss 1998


101




Scarcity of
Resources


No economic, technical
and social progress


Development
obstacles


Restriction on the own
population group as


social security system


Lack of co-operation
and the will to compromise


Segregation


Controversy about
the allocation


of the ressources


Conflicts


Fig. 12: Vicious circle of segregation and development obstacles


This self-restriction of economic growth can only be overcome, if other security systems are


introduced for the unproductive members of a family, household or social group. The


distribution of drought relief and pensions is a first step into this direction, but it turned out


that even the recipients of these small amounts became donors themselves and shared their


income with others.


10.3 Insufficient Development Objectives and Strategies


During the first decade of independence the new local authorities focused their development


efforts on "closing the gap" between the higher and lower infrastructural standards of the


different urban quarters. The promotion of the local economy, however, was neglected, which


resulted in the financial problems of the municipalities as well as of the individual


households. While the local authorities spent the largest part of their means on technical


measures, the national authorities focused on changing the political and legal conditions under


which development takes place. The government follows the recommendations of the


modernization theory and subordinates the national development to the free market while


hoping for growth incentives from foreign investments. To attract more investors the


102




government initiated the establishment of Export Processing Zones (EPZ), which offer special


' conditions such 'as tax reductions, exemption from customs duty and limitations of the


employee rights. For the small and intermediate urban centres of the farming zone, however,


this program has had no significance so far. For the first time, since the introduction of the


Odendaal-plan the frame conditions for development are the same for the whole country,


which means that the cities of the farming zone are now in real competition with those of the


former homeland concerning the allocation of public and private investments. Additionally,


the already existing businesses are under pressure because of the influx of South African


products and department stores. Especially with regard to the international competition the


attempt of Namibian small and intermediate cities to attract investors is not promising. The


whole of Sub-Saharan Africa is considered as one of the most expensive regions of production


world-wide, although the labour cost are comparatively low98 . The reason is the low level of


productivity caused by the insufficient education. But even if foreign investors should choose


Sub-Saharan Africa for their businesses, there are still other countries with much further


developed investment programs than Namibia (e.g. Mauritius), more trained workers and


specialists and with agglomeration advantages (South Africa) and more natural resources


(especially water). Another problem is the insecure political future of Namibia's neighbour


countries Angola and South Africa which are important for the regional distribution of goods


produced in Namibia. In the international comparison the advantage~ of Namibia are the


relatively well developed transport net and a stable political system99 " The international


reputation of the SW APO leadership, however, which was very good at independence, has


suffered since because of recent non-democratic tendencies and statements and thus reducing


the location advantage.


Even if Namibia should attract foreign investments it is not very probable that the small and


intermediate cities will profit. The bigger cities have much more favourable conditions for the


industry because of their advantages of agglomeration, a better developed infrastructure and


because they are situated either in the centre of the country (Windhoek) or next to the harbour


(Walfish Bay and Swakopmund). Furthermore, in South Africa, where industrial


deconcentration was realized under the apartheid regime, investigations proved that


enterprises tend to give up their branches in small cities and move to the metropolises under


'!s Kappel 1999


99 UNIDO 1994




the conditions of a free market100 . Small and intermediate urban centres have only few means


to increase "their attractiveness for investments (financial investments such as low' land and


labour cost, tax reductions), but these factors are of little significance for enterprises' final


decision about their location. The importance of cost advantages have decreased for


companies operating internationally. Instead, aspects of networking have grown in


significance (concerning sub-suppliers, services etc.Y 01 " Such a potential does not exist in the


small and intermediate cities. Their situation offers an advantage only if investors wish to


open up a regional market.


More important for the small and intermediate cities in Namibia are the local entrepreneurs


who often have a personal relation to the place where their business is located. They wish to


develop the towns which they regard as their home and therefore do not only decide according


to rational aspects. Instead of obtaining support for their willingness to invest in the less


developed areas they are forced into an international competition (of mainly South African


businesses and products) they cannot cope with. Further important actors the local authorities


have so far paid little attention to are the participants in the informal economy. In the small


and intermediate cities they mainly focus on trade and services and partly on crafts.


Productive activities are only carried out as part of the self-help projects. The problems which


usually occur in the self-help projects have been discussed before, but their contribution to the


improvement of the living conditions in the neglected urban areas should not be


underestimated. The initiatives of small entrepreneurs could become a significant potential for


the development of small and intermediate cities, if they were more strongly supported. The


general advantage of the informal sector is that the production is not capital- but labour-


intensive. Because of its low population figure Namibia is not suitable for a policy of import


substitution, but the informal economy could cover large parts of the daily and periodic needs


of the inhabitants of smaller urban areas. Furthermore the support of the informal economy


would reflect a new view on the recent development in Namibia in so far as the population


growth is regarded not as a burden but as the most important potentiality of the urban areas.


Today even high-ranking representatives of the economy share this human-centred


understanding of development: "Economic analysis of this population explosion may start


from either of two vantage points. We may continue to look at it as a problem facing the first


world economy of South Africa, i.e. as a drag on the economy's productive resources. Such a


100 Rogerson 1991


104




way of looking at the matter generates even more gloom. On the other hand, we may regard .
the rapid rate of third world population growth as the foundation of rapid economic growth,


first among the people themselves, and then also among everyone else economically


associated with them" (J.A. Lombard, Deputy Governor, SA Reserve Bank, quoted according


to Rudman 1988).


Another problematic aspect of the development strategies ofthe local authorities is their focus


on the productive sector. It would be more important for a stable development to diversify the


economy. The only other sector, which the municipalities really support, is tourism. Tourism


is regarded as one of the fastest growing branches in "0Jamibia. In 1991 its share ofGDP was


6,23% and it offered 10,000 full-time employments 102 . For the 90s the creation of another


5,000 jobs was expected103 " Still, scepticism is recommended since the travel business has


strong international competition and destinations are subject to trends in fashion, politics etc.


In Namibia the effects of tourism are regionally different. The largest profit is achieved at the


most famous touristic highlights (Fishriver Canyon, Etosha National Park, Sossusvlei)


whereas for the cities in the farming zone it is hunting tourism which is more significant. This


branch has increased immensely from the beginning of the political transformation until now


(between 1977 and 1990 the number of hunting-farms grew from 94 to 302 104) and it forms a


labour-intensive type of tourism. Per bed 0,95 employees are needed105 " The problem is,


however, the seasonal limitation of hunting tourism which only takes place during the winter


months. Tourism has few direct effects on the urban areas, because usually the tourists book


full board. Only service stations, coffee shops and souvenir shops profit directly from the


visitors. Guest farmers often prefer to buy their stocks in the bigger centres, especially in


Windhoek, since the range of goods is broader and the prices are lower there. To take part in


this business the shop owners of the small and intermediate cities would need to offer special


conditions with enlarged possibilities of ordering and delivering. A regional differentiated


marketing would be necessary in order to profit furthermore from tourism. In order to stand


out from the rest of the country central Namibia could advertise more its abundance of


101 Nuhn 1997


102 Speich 1994


103 Lamping 1994
104 Klimm, Schneider & von Hatten 1994
105 In the Namibian hotel branch it is calclulated with 0,43 employee per bed, in private and public restcamps


with 0,33 and in municipal restcamps with O,OS (Lamping 1996).


105




\\Vildlife, colonial buildings and trekking possibilities (in the neighbouring communal lands) to


reach a targ<!t group different from the average visitors.


The significance of the primary sector is decreasing for the small and intermediate urban


centres of the farming zone. During the 90s some mines were closed or at least had to cut


do\\vTI their production (e.g. Uis and Tsumeb) and the cities' traditional service function for a


fanning hinterland does not have potential for gro\\V1h. Droughts caused decreases in profit,


and the consolidation of farms and the introduction of new agricultural methods


("beplanning") led to a reduction of jobs (which was partly compensated by the change to


guest farming). In central Namibia the urban areas are usually not even places in which


agricultural products are processed, since the main product, meat, is marketed centrally by a


few large companies. Milk production and cultivation is of too little importance within the


whole economy to be of significance for the small and intermediate cities. If the agro-industry


should be extended in the future, the plants would probably not be located in central Namibia


but in the north of the country (e.g. in the Okavango- and Caprivi-region) where the potential


for cultivation is much higher. With the abolishment of the apartheid laws and the Odendaal-


plan the farming zone lost its privilege of being the only location for industry.


A sometimes mentioned means to strengthen the agricultural basis is the transformation of the


rural structure and the land ownership situation106 " In Namibia, however, the redistribution


among small holders is not appropriate since the climatic conditions demand large properties.


In the hinterland of the three urban areas presented here 1 0 ha of pasture for one cattle are


necessary, which means a farm has to have a minimal size of 5,000 ha to be profitable 107 " The


division of the farmland would cause overgrazing.


In view of the spread of South African franchising businesses, trade has become less a source


of income for the small and intermediate cities than a means to withdraw capital from them. In


this regard the urban areas are functioning less as development centres than as places for the


exploitation of the hinterland108" At the moment trade profits mainly from public salaries and


pensions. Yet, the new Namibian government plans to reduce the public service sector, which


consumes almost 50% of the national budget. Basically, this reduction is sensible, since the


establishment of the homelands had caused an inflated administration system which is not


necessary anymore. Nevertheless, the retrenchment is a serious threat to the small and


106 Hardoy& Satterthwaite 1986
107 Klimm, Schneider und von Hatten. 1994


108 Southall 1988


106




intermediate urban centres, since the incomes from the public sector form the basis for many .
private 'householcfs, the local retail and the informal sector. Additionally, public institutions


would be weakened in their function. Especially in the education and health sector there is


already a lack of personnel, thus reducing the quality of the services. Therefore, a


retrenchment in the public sector can only be carried out in selected fields, but not in those


sectors, which belong to the four main development priorities of the country (education,


health, rural development, housing 109). At the same time other labour-intensive sectors should


be supported to compensate for the reduction of jobs in the smaller cities.


10.4 New Objectives: Economic Diversification, Expansion of Co-operation,


Sectoral Integration


Because of their rapid population growth the small and intermediate urban centres of the


farming zone have meanwhile become more than mere service centres for a rural hinterland.


Therefore they have to end their exclusive orientation on trade and public institutions. Since


all other potential economic activities carry risks, the diversification of the local economy is


the most secure strategy. The current objective of the municipalities to attract foreign capital


and tourists can contribute to this diversification, but it benefit should not be overestimated.


The most reliable investors for the small cities are the local businessmen. They need support


for their long-term planning. The government, however. laid down the equal treatment of


local and foreign investors in the "Foreign Investment Act" of 1990110 . Consequently, South


African and other internationally operating companies can eliminate the Namibian


competitors with their low prices. For the national level it is of lesser importance whether an


enterprise is local or foreign (apart from the withdrawal of profits), as long as it creates


employment opportunities and pays taxes. For the small and intermediate towns of the


farming zone, though, the replacement of local businesses by supraregional firms means


serious losses, since foreign investors prefer to settle in bigger cities. Because of this the


absolute market orientation of the Namibian government means a preference of the bigger


over the smaller centres.


From the point of view of the municipalities it would thus be sensible to demand a stronger


protection of the local businesses. This would, however, mean a complete change in the


existing constellations of interest. Since independence the strategies of the municipalities (at


109 Republic ofNamibia 1991
110 Part I, §3 (2)


107




least the SW APO dominated municipalities) have followed the national policy, which intends


to open the whole country for foreign investors. Co-operation with the local businessmen was


rare, because of political and ethnic conflicts. Yet, it is exactly this co-operation that would be


important for the development of the small and intermediate centres.


Among local businessmen attention not only should be paid to the entrepreneurs of the formal


sector, but to those of the informal sector, too. Although the latter do not pay taxes (which


would add to the municipal income) they contribute substantially to the local development.


Creating an income for individual households they reduce the need for migration. Especially


with less short-term migration, the social stability of the urban society increases. Furthermore


the municipalities are in a better position to plan according to the needs of the inhabitants.


Currently the local authorities have the problem of having to provide services for a rapidly


growing and continuously changing population on a short term basis, while having to develop


plans for a social and economic stabilization in the long term.


In order to achieve sustainable development the local authorities will have to change their


planning strategies. At the moment plans are usually made for each sector separately


(infrastructure, housing etc.) without paying sufficient attention to the interrelations between


them. An integrated planning approach would be much more suitable to solve the existing


complex problems. Not only the different sectors should be integrated, but the actors, too. The


vertical co-operation should include all levels concerned, from the residents up to the national


government, and the horizontal co-operation needs to comprise the various interest groups


such as politicians, local businessmen of the formal and informal sector, foreign investors,


self-help projects, public authorities, representatives of NGOs and public institutions as well


as traditional leaders. In such an integrated approach the municipalities would still have a key


function as the institution that brings together the different participants and co-ordinates the


activities. The concept of diversification would allow the integration of various interests and


therefore the aim could be to develop a strategy which can be supported by all parties


concerned to minimize conflicts and enhance the effectiveness of all efforts. Elements of such


a strategy would be the support of self-help projects and the informal sector, the strengthening


of the position of local businessmen on the free market, regional marketing and the co-


operation with guest farms. Furthermore, training and education should be improved and


extended even in the small places with the objective of not only improving the knowledge, but


of encouraging the residents to assume more responsibility to change their own situation and


to show more initiative and commitment.


108




Stronger·efforts to promote the small and intermediate centres of the farming zone seem to be


worthwhile, becmlse the residents have developed a strong local identification and do not wish


to change their place of living. Windhoek is not the most favoured destination of all migrants,


but a large part of the population prefers to live in smaller centres. An integrated development


approach would not only make it possible for these people to live in adequate living


conditions but also prevent a further increase of the migration to the bigger centres.


11 Summary


The aim of the investigation presented here is to analyse the factors and processes influencing


the development of small and intermediate urban centres in Namibia's farming zone, and to


point out trends in the transformation of these settlements after the political changes in


southern Africa. These problems were dealt with on two levels: On the national level the


influence of the changing economic, administrative and legal framework on Namibian


intermediate towns was analysed, and on the local level an empirical study was performed in


three settlements in the farming zone.


In the scope of this actor-orientated study the perspectives of the inhabitants and the decision


makers involved in the development and transformation of the towns were ascertained and


compared with each other as well as with an external perspective (participant observation,


frame data). To these ends methods of qualitative social research were used: Following an


open research approach the individual perceptions were established and interpreted, which


lead to the ascertainment of the social and political factors determining the development of the


settlements. The subsequent classification of these results into the context of regional and


national socio-economic and political processes allowed conclusions about future


developments of small and intermediate centres. These were based primarily on the potentials


and problems of the settlements with respect to urbanization.


The development of Namibia in general and the development of intermediate towns in parti-


cular is determined by the democratization and the economic liberalization since the coming


into force in 1990 of the new constitution. The starting condition in the towns in the farming


zone, however, differs considerably from the situation in the former homelands. The local


administrations in the farming zone, which acted already for some time rather independently,


have more capital and better trained and experienced staff. Hence the 'Local Authorities Act'


of 1992 granted them more autonomy than it granted the towns in the homelands. The


109




decentr,alization programme in Namibia, too, is realized according to the grading of the towns


with respect totpeir financial·and personnel capacities. This maintains the unbalanced status


quo oftowns with stronger autonomy in southern and central Namibia and of less independent


communities in northern Namibia. Countering this administrative unbalance are the economic


developments: Enterprises operating on national level aim their activities increasingly at the


former 'homelands' (Oshakati, Rundu, Katima Mulilo) and only at a few centres in the


farming zone (Otjiwarongo, Grootfontein, Keetmanshoop ). Hence the smaller towns in the


farming zone must be regarded as the losers of the market liberalization. With the abolition of


Apartheid laws they lost their privileges as locations for enterprises and cannot cope with the


new pressure of competition. The towns in the former 'homelands' offer larger populations


(and thus more promising markets for trade), as well as a more suitable natural environment,


especially more water. On the other hand a still existing advantage of the farming zone is the


more developed technical and social infrastructure.


The deregulation has even spatial effects on the towns of the farming zone: As long as they


exist they have had an ethnically heterogeneous population and under the South African


administration were consequently developed as typical 'apartheid towns'. A basic reformation


of the ensuing structures of ethnical and functional segregation did not occur, but nevertheless


changes are visible. The previous bipartition into a city centre with adjacent white residential


areas and a black township is increasingly replaced by a tripartition in which informal


settlements form a third area which is clearly separated from the other parts of the town. The


development within the individual town districts, however, is heterogeneous. The most


decisive process since becoming independent is the rural exodus which strongly increases the


town population and aggravates poverty, unemployment and housing problems.


The people affected by these developments in the small and medium towns react


inconsistently. In spite of all difficulties the residents identify themselves strongly with their


home towns. They prefer living there over staying in bigger towns. Nevertheless their


engagement within the settlement is generally poor. By and large they expect an improvement


in their circumstances by institutions higher up. This attitude can be traced back on the one


hand to the apartheid regime, which for decades systematically deprived the majority of the


population of every responsible action with regard to labour or housing, and on the other hand


to political statements by the new government, the promises of which made in the election


campaigns raised unrealistic expectations.


110




This rejection of responsibility for maintaining and strengthening intermediate towns persists
' at all levels. Local politicians and planners have concentrated so far on developing neglected


districts without trying to strengthen the economic basis of the cities. In their view, this is a


task of the private sector. In particular they hope for investments by foreign enterprises and


for growing tourism. They expect regional and national institutions to create corresponding


contacts and suitable framework conditions. These, however, restrict themselves to investment


incentives for Namibia in general without special inducements for the small towns. Most


active are local businessmen, but they complain about lack of support by the public sector.


They feel that without such help they cannot cope with the competition of foreign enterprises,


in particular not with the low prices of products from South Africa. But not only the passivity


of the affected people, but also ethnic and social conflicts produce obstacles for development.


To penetrate the vicious circle of scarcity of resources, segregation, conflicts and development


impediments not only education is needed, but also the co-operation of mediators (e.g.


traditional authorities).


The chances for the economic development of Namibian towns lie in the diversification of


their activities. The most reliable partners for the urban centres are the local entrepreneurs


whose choice of location does not only follow strictly economic criteria, but who are also


personally interested in a positive development of "their" town . Also, the co-operation with


guest-farms can contribute to the strengthening of the economic situation. The strategy


preferred up to now by the new town councils (to promote foreign investment) may lead to a


few successes, but only under the precondition of an aggressive communal and regional


marketing which sets off these towns from other places in Namibia, if not even from other


countries. Thus far the most remarkable changes do not stem from grand projects but from the


initiatives taken by individuals. They form cornerstones of the future development and should


be supported in formal and in the informal sector alike.


This study has shown that the intermediate cities are for the majority of their inhabitants in


spite of all difficulties the most favoured space to live in. Hence it seems to be appropriate to


further and strengthen these centres. Their development needs to be promoted on all levels of


administration (local, regional, national). Through the co-operation of all those involved and


through the development of integrated concepts the quality of life can be improved and thus,


last but not least, a further concentration of migration to the large centres of the country can


be prevented.


111




12 References


12.1 Literature


Aka, Ebenezer D. Jr. 1991: The Functions of Intennediate-Sized Cities in Innovation and Diffusion and
National Socio-Economic Development in Developing Countries. In: Pedersen, Poul Ove (Ed.): The
Role of Small and Intennediate Urban Centres in Planning in Africa. African Urban Quarterly.
Special Issue 6 (3-4), I 75- I 84.


Anonymous: Oberblick tiber die Geschichte Omarurus. UnverOffentlicht.


Anonymous 1978: Zur Geschichte der Kaseme Omaruru. Allgemeine Zeitung, 3. I I. I 978.


Bahr, Jiirgen 1970: Windhoek- Eine stadtgeographische Skizze. In: Erdkunde 24, 39-59.


Bahr, Jiirgen 1983: Die jiingere Bevolkerungsentwicklung in der Fannzone Siidwestafrikas/Namibia: In:
Eriksen, Wolfgang (Ed.): Studia Geographica. Festschrift Wilhelm Lauer zum 60. Geburtstag.
Colloquium Geographicum I6. Bonn. I 97-225.


Bahr, Jiirgen & Ulrich Jiirgens 1990 a: Auflosung der Apartheid-Stadt? Fallbeispiele aus Johannesburg,
Durban und Port Elizabeth. In: Erdkunde 44, 297-3 I2.


Bahr, Jiirgen & Ulrich Jurgens 1990 b: Die Auswirkungen des jiingeren politischen Wandels auf die Struktur
siidafrikanischer Innenstadte. In: Geographische Zeitschrift 78 (2), 93- I I 4.


Bahr, Jilrgen & Anke Schroder-Patelay 1982: Die siidafrikanische Grol3stadt. Ihre funktional- und
sozialraumliche Struktur am Beispiel der "Metropolitan Area Johannnesburg". In: Geographische
Rundschau 34 (I I), 489-497.


Bahr, Jiirgen & Ulrich Jiirgens 1996: Ethnic Change in Late-Apartheid South African Cities. In: Roseman,
Curtis C.; Hans Dieter Laux & GUnter Thieme (Eds.): EthniCity. Geographic Perspectives on Ethnic
Change in Modem Cities. London. 223-249.


Barter, Stuart 1965: Reminiscences of Otjiwarongo in its Wilder Days. Cavalry Captain Rode a Horse into a
Bank. Windhoek Advertiser, Magazine Section, 24.9. I 965.


Beavon, K.S.O. 1982: Black Townships in South Africa: Terra Incognita for Urban Geographers. In: South
African Geographical Journal, 64 (I), I-20.


Blitzer, Silvia et al. 1988: Outside the Large Cities. Annotated Bibliography and Guide to the Literature on
Small and Intennediate Urban Centres in the Third World. London.


Bourquin, Albert 1969: Omaruru. Die Geschichte einer Stadt. UnverOffentlicht.


Bourquin, Albert 1995: Omaruru. Die Geschichte einer Stadt. Ludwigshafen, 2. Aufl.


Central Statistics Office & National Planning Commission 1994: I 99 I Population and Housing Census.
Basic Analysis with Highlights. Windhoek.


City of Windhoek 1996 a: Residents Survey Report. Vol. 1: Report. Windhoek.


City of Windhoek 1996 b: Residents Survey Report. Vol. 2: Report on Informal Settlement.


Cloete, Fanie 1991: Greying and Free Settlement. In: Swilling, Mark; Richard Humphries & Khela Shubane
I99I: Apartheid City in Transition. Cape Town. 9I-I07.


Davidson, Basi11987: The Lost Cities of Africa. Boston u.a.


Davies, Ronald J. 1981: The Spatial Fonnation of the South African City. In: Geo Journal, Supplementary
Issue 2, 59-72.


Devereux, Stephen; Etalemahu Melaku-Tjirongo & Trine Nreraa 1993: Urban Situation Analysis. A Study
of Five Namibian Towns. SSD Research Report 3. Windhoek.


Dewar, David 1995: The Urban Question in South Africa: The Need for a Planning Paradigm Shift. In: Third
World Planning Review, I 7 (4), 407-4 I 9.


112




Drewski,Lutz; Klaus Kunzmann & Holger Platz 1989: Forderung von Klein- und Mittelstadten. Ein Ansatz
der Entwicklungszusamme,narbeit. Eschbom.


' Frayne, Bruce 1992: Urbanization in Post-Independence Windhoek. NISER Research Report 6. Windhoek.


Frayne, Bruce 1997: Consideration of Planning Theory and Practice in Namibia. SSD Discussion Paper 18.
Windhoek.


Gaebe, Wolf 1994: Urbanisierung in Afrika. In: Geographische Rundschau 46 (10), 570-576.


German Evangelical Church/Deutsche Evangelische Kirchengemeinde Otjiwarongo (Ed.) 1954: Aus der
Chronik Otjiwarongos. Otjiwarongo urn 1954.


Geyer, Hermanus S. 1989 : Differential Urbanization in South Africa and its Consequences for Spatial
Development Policy. In: African Urban Quarterly 4, 276-293.


Geyer, Hermanus S. & Thomas M. Kontuly 1993: A Theoretical Foundation for the Concept of Differential
Urbanization. In: International Regional Science Review, 157-177.


Gilbert, Alan 1993: Third World Cities: The Changing National Settlement System. In: Urban Studies 30 (4-5),
721-740.


Glaser, Barney G. 1978: Theoretical Sensitivity. Advances in the Methodology of Grounded Theory. Mill
Valley.


Glaser, Barney G. & Anselm L. Straufi 1980: The Discovery of Grounded Theory. Strategies for Qualitative
Research. \\!. Auflage New York (!. Auflage: 1967).


Glaser, Barney G. & Anselm L. Straull 1998: Grounded Theory: Strategien qualitativer Forschung. Bern u.a.


Graefe, Olivier 1997: Apartheid, municipalisation et regulation en Namibie. In: Bertrand, Monique und Alain
Dubresson (Eds.): Petites et moyenne villes d' Afrique noire. Paris.


Graefe, Olivier & Elisabeth Peyroux 1995: Precarious Settlements at Windhoek's Periphery. Investigation
into the Emergence of a New Urban Phenomenon. Windhoek.


Habitat (United Nations Centre for Human Settlements) (Ed.) 1991: The Management of Secondary Cities
in Sub-Saharan-Africa: Traditional and Modem Institutional Arrangements, Nairobi.


Habitat (United Nations Centre for Human Settlements) 1996: An Urbanizing World. Global Report on
Human Settlements. Oxford.


Hangula, Lazarus 1993: The Oshakati Human Settlement Improvement Project: The Town of Oshakati: A
Historical Background. SSD Discussion Paper 2. Windhoek.


Hangula, Lazarus & Inge Tvedten 1994: The Oshakati Human Settlement Improvement Project: The Informal
Economy and Income Generation. SSD Discussion Paper 4. Windhoek.


Hansohm, Dirk; Mono Mutopola-Sibongo & Daniel Mutinga 1998: Overview of the Namibian Economy.
Windhoek.


Hardoy, Jorge E. & David Satterthwaite 1986: Small and Intermediate Urban Centers: Their Role in National
and Regional Development in the Third World. London.


Hoeflich, Friedrich Karl 1965: Otjiwarongo. Die ,gute oder schone Stelle." Beilage zur Allgemeinen Zeitung,
Nr. 172, 9.September 1965.


Janecke, Herbert 1979: Ein Blick in die Geschichte. Allgemeine Zeitung, l.l 0.1970.


Kabou, Axelle 1995: Weder arm noch ohnmachtig. Eine Streitschrift gegen schwarze Eliten und weil3e Helfer.
Basel.


Kappel, Robert 1999: Afrika - Warten auf die Renaissance. Siiddeutsche Zeitung, 13.2.1999.


Kevenhtirster, Paul 1990: Development through Decentralization: an Assessment of Local Administration
Promotion in Developing Countries. UNCRD-Working-Paper. Nagoya.


Klimm, Ernst; Karl-GUnther Schneider & Sigrid von Hatten 1994: Das siidliche Afrika. Band II: Namibia-
Botswana. Darmstadt.


113




Klapper, Rudolf 1967: Zentrale Orte in Stidwestafrika. In: Monheim, Felix und Emil Meynen (Eds.): Deutscher
Ge-ographentag Bacj Godesberg, 2. bis 5. Oktober 1967. Tagungsbericht und wissenschaftliche
Abh1andlungen. 220-228.


Kohler, 0. 1959 a: A Study of Omaruru District (SWA). Pretoria.


Kohler, 0. 1959 b: A Study ofOtjiwarongo District (SWA), Pretoria.


Lamnek, Siegfried 1995: Qualitative Sozialforschung. Vol. 1: Methodologie. Weinheim.


Lamping, Heinrich 1994: Namibia- Perspektiven und Grenzen touristischer Erschlief3ung. Eine Einftihrung in
das Thema der Studienkonferenz. In: Lamping, Heinrich & Uwe Jaschke 1994 (Eds.): Namibia -
Perspektiven und Grenzen einer touristischen Erschlief3ung. Frankfurter Wirtschafts- und
Sozialgeographische Schriften 66. Frankfurt am Main. 1-4.


Lamping, Heinrich 1996: Tourismusstrukturen in Namibia. Gastefarmen - Jagdfarmen - Lodges - Rastlager.
Frankfurter Wirtschafts- und Sozialgeographische Schriften 69. Frankfurt am Main.


Lamping, Heinrich & Uwe Jaschke 1994 (Eds.): Namibia - Perspektiven und Grenzen einer touristischen
Erschlief3ung. Frankfurter Wirtschafts- und Sozialgeographische Schriften 66. Frankfurt am Main.


Lemon, Anthony 1991 a: The Apartheid City. In: Lemon, Anthony (Ed.): South Africa's Segregated Cities -
Homes Apart. Claremont. 1-25.


Lemon, Anthony 1991 b: Towards the Post-Apartheid City. In: Lemon, Anthony (Ed.): South Africa's
Segregated Cities- Homes Apart. Claremont. 205-214.


Leser, Hartmut 1982: Namibia. Stuttgart.


Municipality of Kalkfeld/Stadtverwaltung Kalkfeld (Ed.) 1956: 50 Jahre Kalkfeld 1906-1956. Kalkfeld.


Nuhn, Helmut 1997: Globalisierung und Regionalisierung im Weltwirtschaftsraum. In: Geographische
Rundschau 49 (3), 136-143.


Parnell, Susan 1995: South African Cities: Perspectives from the Ivory Tower of Urban Studies. Paper
presented to the urban studies group of the International Geographical Union, Cape Town.


Pendleton, Wade C. 1974: Katutura: A Place Where We Do Not Stay. San Diego State University Press.


Pendleton, Wade C. 1994: Katutura- A Place Where We Stay. Windhoek.


Philippi, Tim 1993: Ortsentwicklung in Namibia. Prozesse, Bestimmungsfaktoren, Perspektiven. Stuttgarter
Geographische Studien 120. Stuttgart.


Pourtier, Roland 1993: Petites villes et villes moyennes: developpement local et encadrement etatique. In:
Afrique contemporaine 168 (4), 82-97.


Prestele, Hans-Hermann 1989: Das Potential der Stadte nutzen - Urbanisierung und Sekundarzentren in
Schwarzafrika. In: Zeitschrift fur Wirtschaftsgeographie, 33 (4), 232-237.


Republic of Namibia 1991: National Housing Policy. Windhoek.


Richardson, Harry W. 1984: Polarization Reversal in Developing Countries. Papers of the Regional Science
Association 45, 67-85.


Rogerson, Christian M. 1991: Beyond Racial Fordism: Restructuring Industry in the 'New' South Africa. In:
Tijdschrift voor Economiese en Sociale Geografie 82 (5), 355-367.


Saff, Grant 1991: From Race to Space: Reconceptualising Post-Apartheid Spatial Environment. Urban Forum 2
(l), 59-90.


Schmidt, Carl 1922: Geographie der Europaersiedlungen im deutschen Stidwestafrika. (Schriften des Instituts
flir Grenz- und Auslanddeutschtum an der Universitat Marburg). Jena.


Schneider, Karl-Gunther & Bernd Wiese 1983: Namibia- Zentren in einem dUnn bevolkerten Trockenraum.
In: Die Stadte des siidlichen Afrika. Berlin und Stuttgart. 134-144.


Seckelmann, Astrid 1997: Low-Income Housing Projects in Windhoek, Namibia. A Contribution to
Sustainable Urban Development? NEPRU Occasional Paper No.9. Windhoek.


114




ScckclmaRn, Astrid 1998: Probleme ehemaliger 'Townships' heute. Das Beispiel des Windhoeker Nordens. In:
Geograph-ische Rundschau .SO ( 4). 223-228 .


"
Simon, David 1986: Desegregation in Namibia: the Demise of Urban Apartheid? In: GeoForum 2, 289-307.


Simon, David 1991: Windhoek: Desegregation and Change in the Capital of South Africa's Erstwhile Colony.
In: Lemon, Anthony (Ed.): Homes Apart- South Africa's Segregated Cities. Claremont. 174-190.


Simon, David 1996: Restructuring the Local State in Post-Apartheid Cities: Namibian Experience and Lessons
for South Africa. In: African Affairs 95,51-84.


Southall, Aidan 1988: Small Urban Centres in Rural Development: What else is Development other than
Helping your own Home Town? In: African Studies Review 31 (3), 1-15.


Speich, Richard 1994: Tourismus in Namibia als Wirtschaftsfaktor und Grundlage wirtschaftsraumlicher
Entwicklungen. In: Lamping, Heinrich & Uwe Jaschke (Eds.) 1994: Namibia - Perspektiven und
Grenzen einer touristischen Erschliel3ung. Frankfurter Wirtschafts- und Sozialgeographische Schriften
66. Frankfurt am Main. 61-74.


Stals, E.L.P. u.a. 1987: Urbanization in South-West Africa!Namibia. An Exploratory Study. Bureau for
Research, Academy, Research report I. Windhoek.


Swilling, Mark; William Cobbett & Roland Hunter 1991: Finance, Electricity Costs, and the Rent Boycott.
In: Swilling, Mark; Richard Humphries & Khela Shubane 1991: Apartheid City in Transition. Cape
Town. 174-196.


Swilling, Mark, Richard Humphries & Khela Shubane (Eds.) 1991: Apartheid City in Transition. Cape
Town.


Theron, H. G. 1971: Omaruru Centenary (from the notes ofH.G. Theron). In: S.W.A. Annual, Windhoek. 164-
165.


TRP Associates 1994: Rundu Town Council. Workshop on Informal Residential Areas in Greater Rundu 24 to
25 March 1994. Report on Proceedings. Windhoek.


Turok, Ivan 1994: Urban Planning in the Transition from Apartheid. Part 1: The Legacy of Social Control. In:
Town Planning Review 65 (3), 243-259.


Tvedten, Inge & Akiser Pomuti 1994: The Oshakati Human Settlement Improvement Project: A Socio-
economic Baseline Study. SSD Discussion Paper No.9. Windhoek.


Tvedten, Inge & Moono Mupotola 1995: Urbanization and Urban Policies in Namibia. A Discussion Paper
Prepared for the Annual Meeting of the Association of Local Authorities in Namibia. SSD Discussion
Paper No.1 0. Windhoek.


UNIDO (United Nations Industrial Development Organization) 1994: Namibia. New Avenues of Industrial
Development. Wien.


Vander Merwe, Pau11981: Otjiwarongo 1906-1981. Cape Town.


Van der Merwe, I.J. 1985: Die Stede1ike Sisteem van Suidwes-Afrika!Namibie. In: Barnard, W. (Ed.):
Suidwes-Afrika!Namibie. Vereniging vir Geografie. Spesiale Publikasie 5. Dennesig.


Vance, James 1970: The Merchant's World. The Geography of Wholesaling. Englewood Cliffs.


Weigend, Guido G. 1985: German Settlement Patterns in Namibia. In: Geographical Review 75 (2), 156-169.


Weiland, Heribert 1993: Regional- und Kommunalwahlen in Namibia 1992 - Mehr Demokratisierung durch
Dezentralisierung? In: Lamping, Heinrich (Ed.): Frankfurter Wirtschafts- und Sozialgeographische
Schriften 64, 115-138.


Weiss, Dieter 1998: Kultur und Entwicklung. Die okonomischen Erklarungsansatze reichen nicht aus. In:
Entwicklung und Zusammenarbeit 39 (2), 40-44.


Wiegandt, Claus-Christian 1989: Qualitative Sozialgeographie. Methodische Ansatze in Studien zur
Altlastenproblematik. In: Sedlacek, Peter (Ed.): Programm und Praxis qualitativer Sozialgegographie.
Oldenburg, 133-147.


115




12:2 Interviews


C(}(/e Institution or Enterprise/ Code Institution or Enterprise/
Function of Representative Function of Representative


12.2.1 National Level


Nat 01 Bank Nat 06 Ministry of Regional and Local
Government and Housing: Directorate
of Regional and Local Govememnt Co-
ordination


Nat 02 Bank Nat 07 Association of Local Authorities


Nat03 Department store Nat 08 Consulting


Nat04 Clothing store Nat 09 Furnishing house


Nat 05 Department store


12.2.2 Kalkfcld


ET K 01, Shop owner (Kalkfeld) ETK 14 Clerk (Telekom)
ET K02


ETK03 Shop owner (Kalkfeld) ET K 15 Clerk (Local authority)


ET K04 Shop owner (Cuca Shop) ET K 16 Village secretary


ETK05 Shop assistant (Kalkfeld) ETK 17 'Community Development Activator'


ETK06 Shop owner (Kalkfeld) ETK 18 Police officer


ETK07


ETK08 Shop owner (Cuca Shop) ETK 19 Regional authority


ET K09 Shop owner (Ondundu Yovitenda) ETK20 Regional Health Office


ETK 10 School principal ETK21 Local Herero chief


ETK 11 School principal ETK22 Pastor of a pentecostal parish


ETK 12 Kindergarten teacher ETK23 Gennan entrepreneur


ETK13 Clerk (post office) BKOI, Fonner residents
BK02


ETK 14 Clerk (Telekom) BK03 Fanner


ETK 15 Clerk (Local authority) BK04, Residents
B K 05, etc.


116




12.2.3 Omaruru


ET OM 01 Town cbuncillor


ET OM 02 Regional councillor


ET OM 03 Mayor


ET OM 04 Town Clerk


ET OM 05 Community Development Acitvator


ET OM 06 Police officer


ET OM 07 Chiefofthe Royal House Zeraua


ET OM 08, Entrepreneurs
ET OM 09


ET OM 10 Shop owner


12.2.4 Otjiwarongo


ET OT 01 Municipality, Division Orwetoveni


ET OT 02 Municpality, Division for Public
Relations


ET OT 03 Ministry of Labour, Regional Branch


ET OT 04 Community Development Activator


ET OT 05 Clay House Project


· ET OM 11 Shop owner


ET OM 12 Shop owner


ET OM 13, Street traders
ET OM 14


ET OM 15 Rossing Foundation


ET OM 16 Pastor of the Evangelical Lutheran
parish in (ELCRN) Ozondje


ET OM 17 Former pastor of the German
Evangelical Lutheran parish (DELK)
Omaruru


B OM 01 - German pensioners
BOM09


B 0;\\llO F3rm~~


B OM 11, Residents
B OM 12,
etc ..


ET OT 09 Shop owner


ET OT 10 Crocodile ranch


ET OT 11 Regional Chamber of Commerce and
Industry


ET OT 12, Consulting
ET OT 13


B OT 1 Resident and former farmer


ETOT06 Pastor of the German Evangelical B OT 2 - 6
Lutheran parish (DELK) Otjiwarongo


Participants in the Ekondjo Sewing
Project


ET OT 07 Hotel manager


ET OT 08 Clerk (Tourist information)


BOT7,
BOT8,
etc.


Residents




P
u


b
lic


a
ti


o
n



T


it
le



ID


B
O


O
K


S



·-


--
--


--
--


-
N


B
1


M
c>


llt
Ji


ui
Y


i
n


d
u


p
u


n
d


a
n


cu
f0


1
N


u
m


ib
ia




N
B


2
A


id
,


d
o


n
o


rs
a


n
d


d
e


ve
lo


p
m


e
n


t
m


a
n


a
g


e
m


e
n


t


N
B


3
N


a
tio


n
a


l
C


o
n


fe
re


n
ce


o
n


L
a


n
d


R
e


fo
rm


a
n


d
th


e
L


a
n


d


Q
ue


st
io


n,
W


in
dh


oe
k,


2
5


J
u


n
e


-
01


J
u


ly
1


99
1.



V


o.


1,


R
e


se
a


rc
h


p
ap


er
s,


a
d


d
re


ss
e


s
a


n
d


c
o


n
se


n
su


s
d


o
cu


m
e


n
t


N
B


4
M


Jc
w


vc
o


n
o


m
ic


m
o


d
vl


/in
g


in
S


ou
th


e1
11


A
fr


ic
a


:
a


co
m


p
a


ra
tiv


e
p


e
rs


p
e


ct
iv


e
-


IS
B


N
9


9
9


1
6


-3
8


-0
3


-2


N
B


5
C


o
p


in
g


w
ith


A
ri


d
it


y
D


ro
u


g
h


t
im


p
a


ct
s


a
n


d
p


re
p


a
re


d
n


e
ss



in


N
a


m
ib


ia
-


e
xp


e
ri


e
n


ce
s


fr
om


1
9


9
2


1
9


3
-


IS
B


N
9


9
9


1
6


-3
8


-
02


-4
-


O
U


T
O


F
P


R
IN


T


N
B


6
In


S
e


a
rc


h
o


f R
e


se
a


rc
h


-
O


U
T


O
F


P
R


IN
T




N
B


7
N


a
m


ib
ia


-
A


d
e


ca
d


e
o


f I
n


d
e


p
e


n
d


e
n


ce
1


9
9


0
-2


0
0


0


N
B


8
N


E
P


R
U


-
T


he
f


ir
st


1
0


Y
ea


rs
1


9
9


0
-2


0
0


0


N
A


M
IB


IA
E


C
O


N
O


M
IC


R
E


V
IE


W
&


P
R


O
S


P
E


C
T


S


N
E


R
P


1
O


ve
rv


ie
w


o
f t


he
N


a
m


ib
ia


n
E


co
n


o
m


y


N
E


R
P


2
N


a
m


ib
ia


E
co


n
o


m
ic


R
e


vi
e


w
a


n
d


P
ro


sp
e


ct
s


1
9


9
7


/1
9


9
8




N
E


R
P


3
N


a
m


ib
ia


E
co


n
o


m
ic


R
e


vi
e


w
&


P
ro


sp
e


ct
s


1
9


9
8


/1
9


9
9




N
E


P
R


U
P


u
b


lic
at


io
n


s
U


p
d


a
te


d
:


10
S


e
p


te
m


b
e


r
20


01


A
u


th
o


rs


C
ha


rl
es


H
a


rv
e


y
&


J
an


I
sa


ks
en


(
ed


s)


S
te


ph
en


L
is


te
r


(e
d.


)


R
ep


ub
lic


o
f N


a
m


ib
ia


-
O


U
T


O
F


P
R


IN
T




S
im


on
S


to
ne


(
ed


.)


R
ic


ha
rd


M
o


o
rs


o
m


w
ith


J
u


lia
F


ra
nz


&
M


oo
no


M
up


ot
ol


a


C
M


I/
N


E
P


R
U


/S
S


D


H
en


ni
ng


M
el


be
r,


H
op


ol
an


g
P


ho
ro


ro
,


B
ru


no
V


en
di


tt
o,


D
ir


k
H


an
so


hm
,


P
e


te
r


M
an


ni
ng


,
K


la
us


S
ch


ad
e,


W
ol


fg
an


g
W


er
ne


r,


T
h


o
m


a
s


H
as


tin
gs




H
en


ni
ng


M
el


be
r,


D
ir


k
H


an
so


hm
,


W
ol


fg
an


g
W


e
rn


e
r


I Dir
k


H
a


n
so


h
m


M
o


o
n


e
M


up
ot


ol
a


an
d


D
an


ie
l


M
ot


in
ga




D
ir


k
H


an
so


hm
&


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,
D


ir
k


H
an


so
hm


,
N


am
en


e
K


al
ili


,
A


ng
el


in
e


S
im


an
a,



R


ow
la


n
S


im
ps


on
,


W
ol


fg
an


g
W


e
rn


e
r


N
o.


o
f


Y
e


a
r


P
a


g
e


s
P


u
b


lis
h


e
d




12
2


1
9


9
0




18
4


19
91




61
4


1
9


9
2




92


19
92




25
1


1
9


9
5




17
3


1
9


9
8




21
1


2
0


0
0




60


20
00




10


19
98




50


1
9


9
8




49


19
99




C
o


st
V


A
T


A
m


o
u


n
t


T
o


ta
l


A
m


o
u


n
t


N
$2


5.
00



N


$3
.7


5
N


$2
8.


75


N
$2


5.
00



N


$3
.7


5
N


$2
8.


75


N
$6


0.
00



N


$9
.0


0
N


$6
9.


00


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$5


0.
00



N


$7
.5


0
N


$5
7.


50


N
$4


5.
00



N


$6
.7


5
N


$5
1.


75


N
$5


0.
00



N


$7
.5


0
N


$5
7.


50


N
$3


0.
00



N


$4
.5


0
N


$3
4.


50


N
$2


5.
00



N


$3
.7


5
N


$
2


8
.7


5


N
$4


5.
00



N


$
6


.7
5



N


$
5


1
.7


5


N
$9


5.
00



N


$1
4.


25


N
$


1
0


9
.2


5




"
P


u
b


li
c
a


ti
o


n


T
it


le


A
u


th
o


rs


N
o


. o
f


Y
e


a
r


C
o


s
t


V
A


T
A


m
o


u
n


t
T


o
ta


l
A


m
o


u
n


t
ID



P


a
g


e
s


P
u


b
li
s
h


e
d




N
E


R
P


4


N
a


m
ib


ia
E


co
n


o
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


&
P


ro
sp


e
ct


s
19


99
/2


00
0


K
la


u
s


S
ch


a
d


e
,


C
a


lic
io


u
s


T
u


ta
lif


e
,


N
in


o
F


ro
d


e
m


a
, W


o
lfg


a
n


g


51


2
0


0
0



N


$
9


5
.0


0


N
$


1
4


.2
5



N


$
1


0
9


.2
5



W


e
rn


e
r,


D
ir


k
H


a
n


so
h


m
,


B
ru


n
o


V
e


n
d


itt
o


,
Jo


h
a


n
n


e
s


A
sh


ip
a


la
,


H
o


p
o


la
n


g
P


h
o


ro
ro


,
E


b
so


n
U


a
n


g
u


ta
,


H
o


st
e


r
B


e
b


i,
P


a
n


d
u


le
n


i
E


la
g


o
,


E
rw


in
N


a
im


h
w


a
ka




N
A


M
IB


IA
B


U
S


IN
E


S
S


C
L


IM
A


T
E


S
U


R
V


E
Y



IS


S
N


1
6


8
0


-6
6


0
3





--·
---


--··
···-


-
-


--
-


N
B


C
S


1


N
a


m
ib


ia
B


u
si


n
e


ss
C


lim
a


te
S


u
rv


e
y


Jo
h


a
n


D
a


h
l,


A
n


to
n


i
M


a
sa


ra
ku


fa
,


M
a


a
n


o


N
e


p
e


m
b


e
,


C
a


lic
io


u
s


20


20
01



N


$
6


0
.0


0


N
$


9
.0


0
N


$
6


9
.0


0


T
u


ta
lif


e
,


G
ra


ce
M


o
h


a
m


e
d


,
L


a
u


e
n


ce
M


u
tj


a
vi


ku
a


(
N


C
C


I)


R
E


S
E


A
R


C
H


R
E


P
O


R
T


S


IS
S


N
-1


0
26


-9
23


1
--·


--
--


--
--


--
--


N
R


R
1


N
a


m
ib


ia
a


n
d


th
e


S
o


u
th


e
rn


A
fr


ic
a


n
C


u
st


o
m


s
U


ni
on



Ja


n
I


sa
ks


e
n



18



1


9
9


2


N
$


1
4


.0
0



N


$
2


.1
0



N


$1
6


.1
0




N
R


R
2



R


u
ra


l d
e


ve
lo


p
m


e
n


t
p


ri
o


ri
tie


s
in


n
o


rt
h


e
rn


N
a


m
ib


ia


P
e


te
r


O
a


te
s


&
P


ie
rs


V
ig


n
e



50



1


9
9


2


N
$


2
5


.0
0



N


$
3


.7
5



N


$
2


8..
:7


5


N
R


R
3



A


g
ri


cu
ltu


ra
l r


es
ea


rc
h,


e
xt


e
n


si
o


n
a


n
d


tr
a


in
in


g
s


e
rv


ic
e


s
in



E


ra
st


u
s


A
u


in
o


,
K


a
h


ijo
ro


K
a


h
u


u
re


,
E


n
n


y
N


a
m


a
la


m
b


o
&


P
ie


rs


1
3


0


1
9


9
2



N


$
5


3
.0


0
N


$
7


.9
5



N


$
6


0
.9


5


N
a


m
ib


ia


V
ig


n
e




N
R


R
4



T


he
E


u
ro


p
e


a
n


C
o


m
m


u
n


it
y


a
n


d
N


a
m


ib
ia


:
a


us
er


's
g


ui
de



P


a
u


l
G


o
o


d
is


o
n



63



1


9
9


2


N
$


2
9


.0
0



N


$
4


.3
5



N


$
33


.3
5


to
t


ile
L


o
m


e
C


o
n


ve
n


tio
n


a
n


d
t


ile
d


e
ve


lo
p


m
e


n
t


re
so


u
rc


e
s


o
f t


he
E


C
a


n
n


u
a


l b
u


d
g


e
t


N
R


R
5



N


a
m


ib
ia


n
a


g
ri


cu
ltu


re
:


p
o


lic
ie


s
a


n
d


p
ro


sp
e


ct
s


W
a


lt
e


r
E


lk
a


n
,


P
e


te
r


A
m


u
te


n
ya


,
Jo


ch
b


e
th


A
n


d
im


a
,


R
o


b
in



4


6


1
9


9
2



N


$
2


4
.0


0


N
$


3
.6


0


N
$


2
7


.6
0



S


h
e


rb
o


u
rn


e
&


E
lin


e
v


a
n


d
e


r
L


in
d


e
n




N
R


R
6



N


a
m


ib
ia


's
t


a
x


sy
st


e
m



E


lin
e


v
a


n
d


e
r


L
in


d
e


n


87


1
9


9
3



N


$
3


8
.0


0


N
$


5
.7


0


N
$


4
3


.7
0




N
R


R
7



P


e
rs


p
e


ct
iv


e
s


on
t


h
e


d
e


ve
lo


p
m


e
n


t
o


f a
s


ta
tis


tic
a


l s
ys


te
m



H


e
lg


e
B


ru
n


b
o


rg
,


L
a


ss
e


R
o


b
e


rg
&


L
iv


S
im


p
so


n


14
7


1
9


9
2



N


$
5


9
.0


0


N
$


8
.8


5


N
$


6
7


.8
5



fo


r
N


a
m


ib
ia




N
R


R
8



E


xp
o


tt
p


ro
ce


ss
in


g
z


o
n


e
s


a
n


d
t


h
e


ir
re


le
va


n
ce


t
o


N
a


m
ib


ia


R
o


b
in


S
h


e
rb


o
u


rn
e



27



1


9
9


3


N
$


1
7


.0
0



N


$
2


.5
5



N


$
1


9
.5


5


N
R


R
9



D


is
a


b
ili


ty
a


n
d


r
e


h
a


b
ili


ta
tio


n
i


n
N


a
m


ib
ia


:
a


n
a


tio
n


a
l s


u
rv


e
y


B
a


rb
ro


-l
sa


b
e


l
B


ru
h


n
s,


A
n


d
re


w
M


u
rr


a
y,


T
jiu


a
i


K
a


n
g


u
e


e
h


i
&



1


7
0



1


9
9


5


N
$


6
7


.0
0



N


$
1


0
.0


5


N
$


7
7


.0
5



T


a
n


g
e


n
i


N
u


u
ku


a
w


o


N
R


R
1


0


N
a


m
ib


ia
:


N
a


tio
n


a
l r


e
p


o
tt


o
n


w
o


m
e


n
, a


g
ri


cu
ltu


re
a


n
d



L


o
ri


A
n


n
G


ir
va


n


73


1
9


9
5



N


$
3


3
.0


0


N
$


4
.9


5


N
$


3
7


.9
5



ru


ra
l


d
e


ve
lo


p
m


e
n


tf
o


r
th


e
F


o
u


tt
h


W
o


rl
d


C
o


n
fe


re
n


ce
o


n
W


om
en




N
R


R
11



F


in
a


n
ci


n
g


t
he


N
a


m
ib


ia
n


v
o


ca
tio


n
a


l t
ra


in
in


g
sy


st
e


m


Ju
tt


a
F


ra
n


z
95



1


9
9


5


N
$


4
1


.0
0



N


$
6


.1
5



N


$
4


7
.1


5


N
R


R
1


2


M
ed


ia
t


ra
in


in
g


in
N


a
m


ib
ia



A


n
n


a
E


ra
st


u
s-


S
a


ch
a


ri
a


&
J


u
tt


a
F


ra
n


z
1


5
2



1


9
9


5


N
$


6
1


.0
0



N


$
9


.1
5



N


$
7


0
.1


5


N
R


R
1


3


A
n


A
ss


e
ss


m
e


n
t
o


f
T


ra
in


in
g


N
e


e
d


s
in


O
m


a
h


e
ke



A


n
n


e
-M


a
ri


e
B


ri
ts


,
Ju


tt
a


F
ra


n
z


&
E


b
so


n
U


a
n


g
u


ta


1
3


5


1
9


9
6



N


$
5


4
.0


0


N
$


8
.1


0


N
$6


2.
1


0


N
R


R
1


4


R
e


vi
e


w
o


f P
u


b
lic


E
n


te
rp


ri
se


s
a


n
d


P
a


ra
st


a
ta


l B
o


d
ie


s
in



A


is
h


a
A


b
d


e
l


R
a


h
im



93



1


9
9


6


N
$


4
0


.0
0



N


$
6


.0
0



N


$
4


6
.0


0


N
a


m
ib


ia


N
R


R
1


5


C
o


m
m


u
n


it
y


fin
an


ci
n


g
o


f r
u


ra
l


w
a


te
r


su
p


p
ly



C


a
th


y
P


re
sl


a
n


d
,


M
a


ry
H


a
n


se
n


&
F


re
d


G
re


in
e


r
81



1


9
9


7


N
$


3
6


.0
0



N


$
5


.4
0



N


$
4


1
.4


0
2




P
u


b
lic


a
ti


o
n



T


it
le



A


u
th


o
rs



N


o.
o


f
Y


e
a


r
C


o
st


V
A


T
A


m
o


u
n


t
T


o
ta


l
A


m
o


u
n


t
ID



P


a
g


e
s


P
u


b
lis


h
e


d


N
R


R
16



M


o
n


e
ta


ry
O


pt
io


ns
f


o
r


N
am


ib
ia



B


ria
n


K
ah


n,
D


an
ie


l
M


ot
in


ga
,


A
nn


e-
M


ar
ie


B
rit


s,
M


oo
no


M
up


ot
ol


a-
10


9
19


98


N
$4


5.
00



N


$6
.7


5
N


$5
1.


75
,


S
ib


on
go




N
R


R
17



S


m
a


ll
en


te
rp


ri
se


s
u


p
p


o
rt


in
st


itu
tio


ns
in


N
am


ib
ia



A


nn
a


E
ra


st
us


-S
ac


ha
ria


,
D


ir
k


H
an


so
hm


,
G


er
so


n
K


ad
hi


kw
a


80


19
99



N


$4
3.


00


N
$6


.4
5


N
$4


9.
45




N
R


R
18



P


ol
ic


y,
p


o
ve


rt
y


a
n


d
in


e
q


u
a


lit
y


in
N


am
ib


ia
.


T
he


c
a


se
s


o
f


D
ir


k
H


an
so


hm
,


D
an


ie
l


M
ot


in
ga


,
K


la
us


S
ch


ad
e,


W
ol


fg
an


g
W


er
ne


r,


98


19
99



N


$5
1.


00


N
$7


.6
5


N
$
~
8
~
6
5


tr
ad


e
p


o
lic


y
a


n
d


la
n


d
p


o
lic


y
A


rn
e


W
iig




N
R


R
19



A


s
u


rv
e


y
o


f s
u


b
si


st
e


n
ce


f
ar


m
er


s
in


t
he


O
h


a
n


g
w


e
n


a


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,
N


am
en


e
K


al
ili


,
R


ow
la


n
S


im
ps


on


68


20
00



N


$3
7.


00


N
$5


.5
5


N
$4


2.
55



re


gi
on




N
R


R
20



C


at
tle


M
a


rk
e


tin
g


In
N


o
rt


h
e


rn
N


am
ib


ia
:


A
C


o
m


m
o


d
ity



La


ur
en


t
Li


ag
re


,
A


nn
a


E
ra


st
us


-S
ac


ha
ri


a,
H


os
te


r
B


eb
i,


W
ol


fg
an


g
13


4
20


00


N
$6


0.
00



N


$9
.0


0
N


$6
9.


00


C
ha


in
A


p
p


ro
a


ch


W
e


rn
e


r


N
R


R
21



Th


e
D


is
tr


ib
ut


iv
e


A
sp


e
ct


s
o


f N
am


ib
ia


's
F


is
he


ri
es


P
o


lic
y


P
et


er
M


an
ni


ng


81


20
00



N


$4
3.


00


N
$6


.4
5


N
$4


9.
45




N
R


R
22



V


al
ue


A
d


d
e


d
T


ax
(


V
A


T
)


in
S


A
D


C
:


P
o


te
n


ti
a


/I
m


p
a


ct


H
o


st
e


r
B


eb
i


51


20
01



N


$3
0.


00


N
$4


.5
0


N
$3


4.
50



C


as
e


S
tu


di
es


o
f N


a
m


ib
ia


&
S


ou
th


A
fr


ic
a


N
R


R
23



E


le
m


e
n


ts
o


f a
m


e
d


iu
m


-t
e


rm
r


es
ea


rc
h


p
ro


g
ra


m
m


e
o


n
D


ir
k


H
an


so
hm


,
D


an
ie


l
M


ot
in


ga
,


W
ol


fg
an


g
W


er
ne


r
54



20


01


N
$3


2.
00



N


$4
.8


0
N


$3
6.


80


po
ve


rt
y,


l
iv


e
lih


o
o


d
a


n
d


e
m


p
lo


ym
e


n
t


W
O


R
K


IN
G


P
A


P
E


R
S



IS


S
N


-1
0


26
-9


25
8


N
W


P
1


R
e


vi
e


w
o


f f
o


u
r


U
N


D
P


b
as


e
st


ud
ie


s
on


N
am


ib
ia



Jo


ch
be


th
A


nd
im


a
19



19


92


N
$1


4.
00



N


$2
.1


0
N


$1
6.


10


N
W


P
2


E
xp


e
n


d
itu


re
D


at
a


a
n


d
A


n
a


ly
si


s
on


t
he


C
e


n
tr


a
l R


e
ve


n
u


e


N
am


a
G


oa
ba


b
80



19


94


N
$3


5.
00



N


$5
.2


5
N


$4
0.


25


F
un


d
a


n
d


th
e


S
e


co
n


d
-T


ie
r


A
u


th
o


ri
tie


s


N
W


P
3


R
e


vi
e


w
o


f F
N


D
C


p
ro


je
ct


s
in


t
he


C
a


p
ri


vi
a


re
a


Ja
n


H
of


fm
an



13



19


92


N
$1


2.
00



N


$1
.8


0
N


$1
3.


80


N
W


P
4


Th
e


in
te


gr
at


io
n


o
f w


o
m


e
n


in
to


t
he


r
u


ra
l d


e
ve


lo
p


m
e


n
t


Jo
ch


be
th


A
nd


im
a


32


19
92



N


$1
9.


00


N
$2


.8
5


N
$2


1.
85



p


ro
ce


ss


N
W


P
S



C


o
m


m
e


n
ts


o
n


p
a


p
e


rs
p


re
p


a
re


d
fo


r
th


e
D


o
n


o
r


P
le


d
g


in
g



Ja


n
I


sa
ks


en


20


19
92



N


$1
4.


00


N
$2


.1
0


N
$1


6.
10



C


on
fe


re
nc


e,
J


u
n


e
1


9
9


0


N
W


P
6


B
u


d
g


e
ts


a
n


d
p


la
n


s:
p


o
ss


ib
le


le
ss


o
n


s
fr


om
B


o
ts


w
a


n
a



S


te
ph


en
L


is
te


r
6


19
92



N


$1
0.


00


N
$1


.5
0


N
$1


1.
50




N
W


P
7


N
ot


es
o


n
a


id
m


an
ag


em
en


t,
a


gr
ic


ul
tu


re
a


n
d


r
u


ra
l


S
te


ph
en


L
is


te
r


16


19
92



N


$1
3.


00


N
$1


.9
5


N
$1


4.
95



d


e
ve


lo
p


m
e


n
t


N
W


P
8


N
a


m
ib


ia
's


e
xt


e
rn


a
l t


ra
de


d
e


ve
lo


p
m


e
n


t p
ro


sp
e


ct
s


P
au


lo
S


hi
po


ke


29


19
92



N


$1
8.


00


N
$2


.7
0


N
$2


0.
70




N
W


P
9


N
ot


es
o


n
th


e
p


re
se


n
t s


ta
tu


s
o


f t
he


r
oc


k
lo


b
st


e
r


in
d


u
st


ry


P
et


er
A


m
ut


en
ya



12



19


92


N
$1


2.
00



N


$1
.8


0
N


$1
3.


80


N
W


P
10



A


t;
ic


a
n


D
e


ve
lo


p
m


e
n


t
B


a
n


k
p


ro
p


o
sa


l "
N


am
ib


ia
:


tr
ad


e
E


lin
e


va
n


d
e


r
Li


nd
en



8


19
92



N


$1
0.


00


N
$1


.5
0


N
$1


1.
50



p


o
lic


y
re


fo
rm


s
tu


dy
":


a
n


e
va


lu
a


tio
n




N
W


P
11



S


om
e


n
o


te
s


on
a


n
in


d
u


st
ri


a
l p


o
lic


y
fo


r
N


am
ib


ia


Ja
n


Is
ak


se
n


&
P


au
lo


S
hi


po
ke



16



19


92


N
$1


3.
00



N


$1
.9


5
N


$1
4.


95
3




P
u


b
lic


a
ti


o
n



T


it
le



A


u
th


o
rs



N


o.
o


f
Y


e
a


r
C


o
st


V
A


T
A


m
o


u
n


t
T


o
ta


l
A


m
o


u
n


t
ID



P


ag
es



P


u
b


lis
h


e
d




N
W


P
12



S


ub
si


di
sa


tio
n,


t
ax


at
io


n
a


n
d


v
ia


bi
lit


y
o


f t
he


c
o


m
m


e
rc


ia
l


P
et


er
M


ol
l


53


19
94



N


$2
6.


00


N
$3


.9
0


N
$2


9.
90



a


g
ri


cu
ltu


ra
l f


ar
m


in
g


se
ct


or
.


N
E


P
R


U
b


a
ck


g
ro


u
n


d
p


a
p


e
r


fo
r


th
e


L
a


n
d


R
e


fo
rm


C
on


fe
re


nc
e,


1
99


1


N
W


P
13



W


al
vi


s
B


a
y:


r
e


p
o


rt
o


f a
f


ac
t-


fin
di


ng
m


is
si


o
n



N


E
P


R
U



24



19


92


N
$1


6.
00



N


$2
.4


0
N


$1
8.


40


N
W


P
14



B


ila
te


ra
l e


co
n


o
m


ic
li


nk
s


be
tw


ee
n


N
am


ib
ia


a
n


d
S


ou
th



Jo


hn
O


rf
or


d
15



19


92


N
$1


3.
00



N


$1
.9


5
N


$1
4.


95


A
fr


ic
a




N
W


P
15



N


o
te


s
on


t
he


h
o


u
si


n
g


s
itu


at
io


n
a


n
d


h
o


u
si


n
g


p
o


lic
y


in


R
ut


h
B


og
os


i
5


19
92



N


$9
.0


0
N


$1
.3


5
N


$
ft


l.
3


5


N
am


ib
ia


.
P


re
p


a
re


d
f


o
r


th
e


N
a


tio
n


a
l C


on
fe


re
nc


e
O


p
e


ra
tio


n
M


a
sa


kh
a


n
e


f
o


r
th


e
H


om
el


es
s,



Jo


h
a


n
n


e
sb


u
rg


,2
9


-3
0


A
p


ri
l1


9
9


2


N
W


P
16



T


he
C


o
n


su
m


e
r


P
ri


ce
I


n
d


e
x


a
n


d
in


fla
tio


n
in


N
am


ib
ia



S


im
on


S
to


ne


34


19
93



N


$1
9.


00


N
$2


.8
5


N
$2


1.
85




N
W


P
17



W


om
en


's
R


o
le


in
t


he
D


e
ve


lo
p


m
e


n
t P


ro
ce


ss
w


ith
S


p
e


ci
a


l
Jo


ch
be


th
A


nd
im


a
20



19


93


N
$7


.0
0


N
$1


.0
5


N
$8


:-0
5


R
e


fe
re


n
ce


t
o


F
a


ct
o


rs
o


f P
ro


du
ct


io
n


N
W


P
18



S


om
e


N
ot


es
o


n
th


e
N


am
ib


ia
n


e
co


n
o


m
y


tw
o


ye
a


rs
a


ft
e


r
T


o
r


S
el


ls
tr


om


9
19


92


N
$1


1.
00



N


$1
.6


5
N


$1
2.


65


in
d


e
p


e
n


d
e


n
ce




N
W


P
19



O


bs
e1


V
e1


's
r


ep
01


t
on


t
he


A
n


g
o


la
n


e
le


ct
io


ns
,


2
9


-3
0



T


o
r


S
el


st
ro


m


7
19


92


N
$1


0.
00



N


$1
.5


0
N


$1
1.


50


S
e


p
te


m
b


e
r


19
92




N
W


P
20



A


ss
u


ss
m


e
n


t o
f p


o
p


u
la


r p
a


rt
ic


ip
a


tio
n


in
t


he
f


or
m


ul
at


io
n


S
us


an
B


ro
w


n
32



19


92


N
$1


8.
00



N


$2
.7


0
N


$2
0.


70


a
n


d
im


p
le


m
e


n
ta


tio
n


o
f d


e
ve


lo
p


m
e


n
t p


o
lic


ie
s


a
n


d


p
ro


g
ra


m
m


e
s:


a
c


as
e


st
u


d
y


o
f N


am
ib


ia


N
W


P
21



Th


e
m


o
n


e
ta


ry
in


d
e


p
e


n
d


e
n


ce
o


f N
am


ib
ia



S


op
hi


e
C


ha
uv


in


18


19
92



N


$1
4.


00


N
$2


.1
0


N
$1


6.
10




N
W


P
22



P


o
p


u
la


tio
n


d
is


tr
ib


ut
io


n
a


n
d


m
ig


ra
tio


n
P


et
er


A
m


ut
en


ya
,


Jo
ch


b
e


th
A


nd
im


a
&


H
en


ni
ng


M
el


be
r


18


19
93



N


$1
4.


00


N
$2


.1
0


N
$1


6.
10




N
W


P
23



N


a
m


ib
ia


's
e


n
e


rg
y


se
ct


or
:


a
co


u
n


tr
y


re
vi


e
w



E


lin
e


va
n


d
e


r
Li


nd
en



41



19


93


N
$2


2.
00



N


$3
.3


0
N


$2
5.


30


N
W


P
24



C


o
u


n
tr


y
re


po
1t


:
N


a
m


ib
ia


's
t


ra
de


a
n


d
in


ve
st


m
e


n
t


cl
im


at
e


Jo
hn


O
rf


or
d,


R
ob


in
S


he
rb


ou
rn


e
&


E
lin


e
va


n
de


r
Li


nd
en



50



19


93


N
$2


5.
00



N


$3
.7


5
N


$2
8.


75


N
W


P
25



S


o
ci


o
-e


co
n


o
m


ic
s


u
rv


e
y


o
f t


he
s


ou
th


er
n


co
m


m
u


n
a


l a
re


a
s


R
ic


ha
rd


M
oo


rs
om


,
Jo


ch
be


th
A


nd
im


a
&


S
au


l
K


ah
ui


ka


31


19
93



N


$1
8.


00


N
$2


.7
0


N
$2


0.
70



19


92
.


su
m


m
a


ry


N
W


P
26



A


f
is


he
ri


es
a


g
re


e
m


e
n


t
be


tw
ee


n
th


e
E


u
ro


p
e


a
n



R


ic
ha


rd
M


oo
rs


om
&


P
au


l
G


oo
di


so
n


(e
ds


)
92



19


93


N
$4


0.
00



N


$6
.0


0
N


$4
6.


00


C
o


m
m


u
n


ity
a


n
d


N
am


ib
ia


:
w


or
ks


ho
p


re
po


rt
,


W
in


dh
oe


k,


25
M


ar
ch


1
99


3


N
W


P
27



T


ow
ar


ds
g


re
a


te
r p


a
rt


ic
ip


a
tio


n
a


n
d


e
q


u
a


lit
y?


S
o


m
e



R


ei
nh


ar
t
K
o
~
l
e
r


10


19
93



N


$1
1.


00


N
$1


.6
5


N
$1


2.
65



fin


di
ng


s
on


t
ile


1
99


2
re


gi
on


al
a


n
d


lo
ca


l e
le


ct
io


n
s


in


N
w


ni
/J


ia


N
W


P
28



T


ile
e


co
n


o
m


ic
s


o
f t


he
1


99
31


94
b


u
d


g
e


t
N


E
P


R
U



16



19


93


N
$1


3.
00



N


$1
.9


5
N


$1
4.


95


N
W


P
29



S


w
ed


is
h


a
ss


is
ta


n
ce


to
N


am
ib


ia
:


an
a


ss
e


ss
m


e
n


t o
f t


he


H
en


ng
M


el
be


r,
T


o
r


S
el


ls
tr


om
&


C
hr


is
T


ap
sc


ot
t


48


19
94



N


$2
4.


00


N
$3


.6
0


N
$2


7.
60



im


p
a


ct
o


f S
ID


A
, 1


99
0-


19
93




tl




P
u


b
lic


a
ti


o
n



T


it
le



A


u
th


o
rs



N


o.
o


f
Y


e
a


r
C


o
st


V
A


T
A


m
o


u
n


t
T


o
ta


l
A


m
o


u
n


t
ID



P


a
g


e
s


P
u


b
lis


h
e


d


N
W


P
31



P


o
ve


rt
y


a
n


d
in


co
m


e
d


is
tr


ib
u


tio
n


i
n


N
a


m
ib


ia
.


B
a


ck
g


ro
u


n
d



S


im
o


n
e


S
to


n
e


&
M


ih
e


G
a


o
m


a
b



30



1


9
9


4


N
$1


8.
00



N


$
2


.7
0



N


$2
0.


70
..


p
a


p
e


r
fo


r
th


e
N


P
C


's
m


a
cr


o
-e


co
n


o
m


ic
is


su
e


s
p


a
p


e
r


N
W


P
3


2


P
o


p
u


la
ti


o
n


i
ss


u
e


s
in


N
a


m
ib


ia
.


B
a


ck
g


ro
u


n
d


p
a


p
e


r
fo


r
th


e


Jo
ch


b
e


th
A


n
d


im
a


,
S


au
l


K
ah


ui
ka


&
H


e
n


n
in


g
M


e
lb


e
r


21


1
9


9
3



N


$1
5.


00


N
$


2
.2


5


N
$1


7.
25



N


P
C


's
m


a
cr


o
-e


co
n


o
m


ic
is


su
e


s
p


a
p


e
r


N
W


P
3


3


T
he


r
o


le
o


f t
h


e
i


n
fo


rm
a


l s
e


ct
o


r.


B
a


ck
g


ro
u


n
d


p
a


p
e


r
fo


r
E


lin
e


v
an


d
e


r
Li


nd
en



17



1


9
9


3


N
$1


3.
00



N


$
1


.9
5



N


$1
4.


95


t1
1u


N
P


C
's


m
a


cr
o


-e
co


n
o


m
ic


is
su


e
s


p
a


p
e


r


N
W


P
3


4


7 1
1e


N
a


m
ib


ia
-A


n
g


o
la


b
o


rd
e


r
fe


n
ce


a
n


d
it


s
so


ci
o


-
P


e
te


r
A


m
u


te
n


ya
&


E
lin


e
va


n
d


e
r


Li
nd


en


24


19
93



N


$1
5.


00


N
$


2
.2


5


N
$1


7.
25



e


". o
n


o
m


ic
im


p
lic


a
ti


o
n


s:
r


e
p


o
rt


o
f a


f
a


ct
-f


in
d


in
g


m
is


si
o


n
,


1
!-


2
0


J
u


n
e


1
9


9
2




N
W


P
3


5


A
n


e
va


lu
a


ti
o


n
o


f c
u


rr
e


n
t


m
e


th
o


d
s


o
f c


o
lle


ct
in


g
t


ra
d


e


E
lin


e
v


an
d


e
r


Li
nd


en
&


J
o


h
n


O
rf


or
d


31


19
93



N


$1
8.


00


N
$2


.7
0


N
$2


0.
70



~t
ut
r~
t1
c~
i


n
N


a
m


ib
ia




N
W


P
3


6


E
va


lu
a


ti
o


n
s


tu
d


y
o


f c
u


rr
e


n
t


m
e


th
o


d
s


o
f c


o
lle


ct
in


g
t


ra
d


e


C
ol


in
G


le
ic


h
m


a
n


n


46


1
9


9
3



N


$1
3.


00


N
$


1
.9


5


N
$1


4.
95



st


a
ti


st
ic


s
in


N
a


m
ib


ia


N
W


P
3


7


T
he


s
o


ci
a


l d
im


e
n


si
o


n
s


o
f m


o
n


e
ta


ry
,


cu
rr


e
n


cy
a


n
d


c
re


d
it



R


ob
in


S
h


e
rb


o
u


rn
e



24



19


93


N
$1


6.
00



N


$2
.4


0
N


$1
8.


40


p
o


lic
y


in
N


a
m


ib
ia




N
W


P
3


8


7
/w


p
m


u
te


s
e


ct
o


r
a


n
d


e
11


1p
lo


ym
en


t:
co


m
m


e
n


ts
o


n


R
ic


ha
rd


M
o


o
rs


o
m



16



19


93


N
$1


3.
00



N


$
1


.9
5



N


$1
4.


95


a
sp


e
ct


s
o


f t
h


e
P


re
si


d
e


n
t's


i
n


a
u


g
u


ra
l s


p
e


e
ch


t
o


t
he



N


a
ti


o
n


a
l


C
o


u
n


ci
l o


n
2


3
F


e
b


ru
a


ry
1


9
9


3


N
W


P
3


9


A
n


a
n


a
ly


si
s


o
f t


h
e


f
is


h
in


g
c


a
p


a
ci


ty
o


f t
h


e
N


a
m


ib
ia


n
f


le
e


t
R


ic
ha


rd
M


o
o


rs
o


m


61


1
9


9
4



N


$2
9.


00


N
$4


.3
5


N
$3


3.
35



in


q
u


o
ta


-l
im


it
e


d
f


is
h


e
ri


e
s:


a
m


e
th


o
d


o
lo


g
ic


a
l


su
m


m
a


ry


N
W


P
4


0


F
u


tu
re


a
g


ri
cu


lt
u


ra
l t


ra
d


e
a


n
d


c
o


o
p


e
ra


ti
o


n
b


e
tw


e
e


n
n


e
w



B


a
n


k
o


f W
in


d
h


o
e


k/
A


G
R


E
C


O
N


A


78


1
9


9
4



N


$3
5.


00


N
$


5
.2


5


N
$4


0.
25



S


o
u


th
A


fr
ic


a
a


n
d


N
a


m
ib


ia
.


P
a


p
e


rs
p


re
se


n
te


d
to


t
he



A


g
ri


cu
lt


u
ra


l O
u


tl
o


o
k


C
o


n
fe


re
n


ce
,


W
in


d
h


o
e


k,


10
M


a
rc


h


1
9
9
~


N
W


P
41



E


co
n


o
m


ic
a


n
a


ly
si


s
o


f l
a


n
d


r
e


fo
rm


o
p


tio
n


s.


N
E


P
R


U


R
a


y
P


ur
ce


ll
44



19


94


N
$2


3.
00



N


$
3


.4
5



N


$2
6.


45


b
a


ck
g


ro
u


n
d


p
a


p
e


r
fo


r
th


e
L


a
n


d
R


e
fo


rm
C


o
n


fe
re


n
ce




N
W


P
4


2


U
rb


a
n


w
o


m
e


n
a


n
d


s
e


lf
-h


e
lp


h
o


u
si


n
g


in
N


a
m


ib
ia


:
A


c
a


se
-


C
h


ri
st


ia
a


n
K


e
u


ld
e


r
21



1


9
9


4


N
$1


5.
00



N


$
2


.2
5



N


$1
7.


25


st
u


d
y


o
f S


a
a


m
st


a
a


n
H


o
u


si
n


g
C


o
o


p
e


ra
ti


o
n




N
W


P
4


3


F
is


ca
l p


o
lic


y
a


n
d


e
m


p
lo


ym
e


n
t


in
N


a
m


ib
ia



M


ih
e


G
a


o
m


a
b



23



1


9
9


4


N
$1


6.
00



N


$2
.4


0
N


$
1


8
.4


0


N
W


P
4


4


T
he


C
o


n
ce


p
t
o


f
C


iv
il


S
o


ci
e


ty
a


n
d


th
e


P
ro


ce
ss


o
f N


a
ti


o
n


-
R


e
in


h
a


rt
K


or
..l


er
&


H
en


ni
ng


M
e


lb
e


r
13



1


9
9


4


N
$1


2.
00



N


$1
.8


0
N


$1
3.


80


B
u


ild
in


g
in


A
fr


ic
a




N
W


P
4


5


Nd
11


11
1J


ia
n


O
o


vu
lo


p
m


e
n


t
S


e
rv


ic
e


s
D


ir
e


ct
o


ry


R
ic


ha
rd


M
o


o
rs


o
m



13


8
1


9
9


4


N
$5


6.
00



N


$8
.4


0
N


$
6


4
.4


0


N
W


P
4


6


C1
to


~d
it


U
n


io
n


s
in


N
a


m
ib


ia
:


T
ile


C
ri


tic
a


l I
ss


u
e


s
D


ir
k


H
a


n
so


h
m


&
C


h
ri


st
ia


a
n


K
e


u
ld


e
r


27


1
9


9
5



N


$1
7.


00


N
$


2
.5


5


N
$1


9.
55




N
W


P
4


7


U
rb


a
n


is
a


ti
o


n
a


n
d


U
rb


a
n


P
o


lic
ie


s
in


N
a


m
ib


ia


ln
g


e
T


ve
d


te
n


&
M


o
o


n
o


M
u


p
o


to
la



41



19


95


N
$1


7.
00



N


$
2


.5
5



N


$1
9.


55


N
W


P
4


8


U
rb


a
n


is
a


ti
o


n
a


n
d


I
n


te
rn


a
l M


ig
ra


ti
o


n
:


R
e


g
io


n
a


l
H


en
ni


ng
M


e
lb


e
r


38


1
9


9
6



N


$2
0.


00


N
$


3
.0


0


N
$


2
3


.0
0



O


ir
n


e
n


si
o


n
s


in
P


o
st


-C
o


lo
n


ia
l N


a
m


ib
ia




5




P
u


b
lic


a
ti


o
n



T


it
le



A


u
th


o
rs



N


o.
o


f
Y


e
a


r
C


o
st


V
A


T
A


m
o


u
n


t
T


o
ta


l
A


m
o


u
n


t
ID



P


a
g


e
s


P
u


b
lis


h
e


d


N
W


P
4


9


Th
e


S
ta


te
o


f t
he


I
n


fo
rm


a
l S


e
ct


o
r i


n
N


am
ib


ia
:


R
ol


e,


D
ir


k
H


a
n


so
h


m


23


1
9


9
6



N


$
1


6
.0


0


N
$2


.4
0


N
$1


8.
40



C


h
a


ra
ct


e
ri


st
ic


s
a


n
d


P
ro


sp
ec


ts


N
W


P
S


O


E
xi


st
in


g
a


n
d


P
o


te
n


tia
l E


nt
er


pr
en


eu
rs


in
O


nd
an


gw
a,



G


er
so


n
K


ad
hi


kw
a,


T
jiu


ai
K


an
gu


ee
hi


&
A


nn
a


E
ra


st
us


-S
ac


ha
ri


a
45



19


96


N
$


2
3


.0
0



N


$3
.4


5
N


$2
6.


45


O
sh


ak
at


i,
S


w
a


ko
p


m
u


n
d


a
n


d
W


al
vi


s
B


a
y


N
W


P
51



C


o
n


su
m


e
r


P
ri


ce
I


n
d


e
x


in
N


am
ib


ia
:


A
n


E
va


lu
at


io
n


a
n


d


M
ih


e
G


a
o


m
a


b


43


19
96



N


$2
2.


00


N
$3


.3
0


N
$2


5.
30



an


A
n


a
ly


si
s


o
f i


ts
R


e
lia


b
ili


ty


N
W


P
5


2


T
he


e
co


n
o


m
ic


p
o


lic
y


fr
am


ew
or


k
fo


r
th


e
p


ro
m


o
tio


n
o


f
D


ir
k


H
a


n
so


h
m



14



19


96


N
$1


2.
00



N


$1
.8


0
N$


1~
.8


0
sm


a
ll-


a
n


d
m


e
d


iu
m


s
ca


le
e


n
te


rp
ri


se
s


in
A


fr
ic


a


N
W


P
53



P


ro
je


ct
s


a
n


d
O


p
in


io
n


s
on


E
co


n
o


m
ic


a
n


d
B


u
si


n
e


ss


M
oo


no
M


u
p


o
to


la
-S


ib
o


n
g


o


57


19
96



N


$
2


7
.0


0


N
$4


.0
5


N
$3


1.
05



P


w
sp


e
ct


s
in


W
in


d
h


o
e


k


N
W


P
54



S


ev
en


Y
ea


rs
I


nd
ep


en
de


nc
e.



C


u
rr


e
n


t
D


e
ve


lo
p


m
e


n
ts



N


E
P


R
U



48



19


97


N
$


2
4


.0
0



N


$3
.6


0
N


$2
7.


60


a
n


d
F


ut
ur


e
P


ro
sp


e
ct


s
in


N
am


ib
ia


-
S


om
e


T
op


ic
al



H


ig
h


lig
h


ts


N
W


P
55



R


e
n


e
w


a
l i


n
A


fr
ic


a
?



Th


e
In


fo
rm


a
l S


e
ct


o
r a


n
d


it
s


D
ir


k
H


a
n


so
h


m


28


19
97



N


$1
7.


00


N
$2


.5
5


N
$1


9.
55



P


ro
m


o
tio


n
in


N
am


ib
ia


,
S


an
F


ra
nc


is
co


,
2


3
-2


5
N


o
ve


m
b


e
r


19
96




N
W


P
56



W


or
ks


ho
p


P
ro


ce
e


d
in


g
s:



Th


e
E


ff
ec


ts
o


f L
ib


e
ra


lis
a


tio
n


o
n


M
oo


no
M


u
p


o
to


la
-S


ib
o


n
g


o
(


ed
.)



10


0
19


97


N
$4


2.
00



N


$6
.3


0
N


$4
8.


30


til
e


B
tJ


ef
a


n
d


M
a


iz
e


S
e


ct
o


r i
n


F
iv


e
S


A
D


C
C


o
u


n
tr


ie
s


N
W


P
5


7


C
o


u
n


tr
y


R
ep


or
1s


:
Th


e
E


ff
ec


ts
o


f L
ib


e
ra


lis
a


tio
n


o
n


th
e


N
E


P
R


U


16
6


19
97



N


$6
5.


00


N
$9


.7
5


N
$7


4.
75



B


e
e


f a
n


d
M


a
iz


e
s


e
ct


o
r i


n
F


iv
e


S
A


D
C


C
o


u
n


tr
ie


s


N
W


P
58



T


ra
in


in
g


N
e


e
d


s
A


ss
e


ss
m


e
n


t
S


tr
a


te
g


y
P


ro
g


ra
m


m
e


f
o


r
H


os
te


r
B


eb
i,


L
e


sl
e


y
B


la
a


u
w


&
P


et
er


N
ia


s
66



19


97


N
$3


0.
00



N


$4
.5


0
N


$3
4.


50


L
o


ca
l A


u
th


o
ri


tie
s


in
N


am
ib


ia


N
W


P
59



L


iv
e


st
o


ck
B


u
yi


n
g


a
n


d
Q


u
a


ra
n


tin
e


M
a


n
a


g
e


m
e


n
t


in
C


a
p


ri
vi



C


hr
is


tia
an


K
e


u
ld


e
r


&
W


ol
fg


an
g


W
e


rn
e


r
46



19


97


N
$2


3.
10



N


$3
.4


7
N


$2
6.


57


N
W


P
60



F


ro
m


C
o


m
m


u
n


a
l P


a
st


u
re


s
to


E
n


cl
o


su
re


s:


Th
e


W
ol


fg
an


g
W


e
rn


e
r


29


19
97



N


$1
7.


00


N
$2


.5
5


N
$1


9.
55



D


e
ve


lo
p


m
e


n
t
o


f L
a


n
d


T
en


ur
e


in
H


er
er


o
R


e
se


rv
e


s


N
W


P
61



L


a
n


d
R


e
fo


rm
in


N
a


m
ib


ia
:


Th
e


F
ir


st
S


ev
en


Y
ea


rs


W
ol


fg
an


g
W


e
rn


e
r


21


19
97



N


$1
4.


00


N
$2


.1
0


N
$1


6.
10




N
W


P
6


2


N
am


ib
ia


n
B


u
si


n
e


ss
C


lim
at


e:


A
S


u
rv


e
y


in
r


el
at


io
n


to


N
tin


tin
O


ra
nj


e
32



19


98


N
$1


2.
00



N


$1
.8


0
N


$1
3.


80


S
A


D
C




N
W


P
63



Th


e
m


a
rk


e
t


fo
r


m
ill


e
t a


n
d


m
ill


e
t p


ro
d


u
ct


s
C


a
th


y
P


re
sl


an
d,


A
ki


se
r


P
om


ut
i


30


19
98



N


$2
1.


00


N
$3


.1
5


N
$2


4.
15




N
W


P
64



N


a
m


ib
ia


's
T


ra
de


w
ith


A
n


g
o


la


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e
22



19


98


N
$1


7.
00



N


$2
.5


5
N


$1
9.


55


N
W


P
65



T


w
in


ni
ng


f
or


D
e


ve
lo


p
m


e
n


t:


C
oo


pe
ra


tio
n


b
e


tw
e


e
n


P
u


b
lic



H


en
ni


ng
M


e
lb


e
r


&
l


n
g


e
T


ve
dt


en


26


19
98



N


$1
9.


00


N
$2


.8
5


N
$2


1.
85



In


st
itu


tio
ns


in
N


o
rw


a
y


a
n


d
N


am
ib


ia


N
W


P
66



C


on
st


ru
ct


io
n


a
n


d
B


ri
ck


-M
a


ki
n


g
in


N
or


1h
C


e
n


tr
a


l N
am


ib
ia



D


ir
k


H
a


n
so


h
m



24



19


98


N
$1


8.
00



N


$2
.7


0
N


$2
0.


70


N
W


P
6


7


S
up


po
r1


1n
st


itu
tio


ns
f


or
S


m
a


ll
E


n
te


rp
ri


se
s


in
Z


am
bi


a
a


n
d



D


ir
k


H
an


so
hm


,
A


n
n


a
E


ra
st


us
-S


ac
ha


ri
a,


G
er


so
n


K
ad


hi
kw


a
24



19


98


N
$1


8.
00



N


$2
.7


0
N


$2
0.


70


Z
im


b
a


b
w


e


6




P
u


b
lic


a
ti


o
n



T


it
le



A


u
th


o
rs



N


o.
o


f
Y


e
a


r
C


o
st


V
A


T
A


m
o


u
n


t
T


o
ta


l
A


m
o


u
n


t
ID



P


ag
es



P


u
b


lis
h


e
d




N
W


P
68



Th


e
R


ol
e


o
f D


on
or


s
in


T
ra


ns
iti


on
al


S
et


tin
gs


:
Th


e
C


as
e


H
en


ni
ng


M
e


lb
e


r
30



19


98


N
$2


1.
00



N


$3
.1


5
N


$2
4.


15
,


o
f N


am
ib


ia
(


19
90


-1
99


6)


N
W


P
69



S


tr
uc


tu
ra


l a
dj


us
tm


en
t a


n
d


p
o


ve
rt


y
al


le
vi


at
io


n
in



D


irk
H


an
so


hm


24


19
99



N


$1
8.


00


N
$2


.7
0


N
$2


0.
70



S


ou
th


er
n


A
fr


ic
a


-
W


ha
t


su
p


p
o


rt
c


an
E


ur
op


e
of


fe
r?


A
n



e


co
n


o
m


ic
v


ie
w


po
in


t


N
W


P
70



C


o-
op


er
at


io
n


a
n


d
n


et
w


or
ki


ng
a


m
o


n
g


S
M


E
s


er
vi


ce


D
irk


H
an


so
hm


,
Le


sl
ey


B
la


au
w


,
A


nn
a


E
ra


st
us


-S
ac


ha
ri


a
33



19


99


N
$2


2.
00



N


$3
.3


0
N


$2
5.


30


p
ro


vi
d


e
rs


in
S


ou
th


er
n


A
fr


ic
a


N
W


P
71



B


a
n


ki
n


g
a


n
d


le
ss


f
or


m
al


f
or


m
s


o
f f


in
an


ce
in


N
am


ib
ia


:
C


ha
rle


s
C


.
O


ke
ah


al
am


,
D


al
e


W
.


A
da


m
s


34


19
99



N


$1
5.


00


N
$2


.2
5


N
$1


7.
25



T


he
c


ha
lle


ng
es


o
f m


ic
ro


fin
an


ce


N
W


P
72



E


co
no


m
ic


p
er


sp
ec


tiv
es


in
S


ou
th


er
n


A
fr


ic
a


:
A


v
ie


w
fr


om


D
irk


H
an


so
hm



54



20


00


N
$3


1.
00



N


$4
.6


5
N


$3
5.


65


Cl
S


/I
J<


ll
l
C


O
U


I/t
ty




N
W


P
73



S


us
ta


in
ab


ili
ty


o
f B


ud
ge


t D
ef


ic
its


:
A


C
as


e
S


tu
d


y
o


f
H


os
te


r
B


eb
i


33


20
00



N


$1
5.


00


N
$2


.2
5


N
$1


7.
25



N


am
ib


ia
(


19
91


--
19


99
)


N
W


P
74



T


he
I


m
p


a
ct


o
f F


is
ca


l D
ef


ic
its


a
n


d
P


ub
lic


D
e


b
t o


n
R


e
a


l
H


os
te


r
B


eb
i


37


20
00



N


$2
4.


00


N
$3


.6
0


N
$2


7.
60



In


te
re


st
R


at
e


a
n


d
In


ve
st


m
en


t
in


N
am


ib
ia




N
W


P
75



D


et
er


m
in


an
ts


o
f P


riv
at


e
do


m
es


tic
S


a
vi


n
g


s
in


s
ub


-
E


bs
on


N
gu


ri
m


uj
e


U
an


gu
ta



45



20


00


N
$2


7.
00



N


$4
.0


5
N


$3
1.


05


S
a/


1a
ra


n
A


fr
ic


a:


Th
e


C
as


e
st


u
d


y
o


f N
am


ib
ia


(
19


80
-1


99
8)




N
W


P
76



G


ra
pe


P
ro


du
ct


io
n


in
N


am
ib


ia


N
am


en
e


K
al


ili


43


20
00



N


$2
6.


00


N
$3


.9
0


N
$2


9.
90




N
W


P
77



F


is
ca


l
C


on
se


qu
en


ce
s


o
f P


en
si


on
R


ef
or


m
:


Th
e


B
en


H
.


H
ar


ri
s


39


20
01



N


$2
8.


00


N
$4


.2
0


N
$3


2.
20



ln


tr
od


uc
tu


io
n


o
f M


ea
ns


-t
es


tin
g


in
to


t
he


N
am


ib
ia


n
O


ld
-


A
g


e
P


en
si


on
S


ch
em


e


N
W


P
78



L


a
n


d
R


ef
or


m
a


n
d


P
o


ve
rt


y
A


lle
vi


a
tio


n
:


E
xp


er
ie


nc
es


f
ro


m


W
ol


fg
an


g
W


e
rn


e
r


27


20
01



N


$1
9.


00


N
$2


.8
5


N
$2


1.
85



N


am
ib


ia


T
R


A
V


E
L


A
N


D
M


E
E


T
IN


G
R


E
P


O
R


T
S



IS


S
N


-1
0


26
-9


24
X




N
T


M
R


1
N


ot
es


o
n


th
e


N
at


io
na


l H
o


u
si


n
g


S
em


in
ar


,
W


in
dh


oe
k,


1
9-


Jo
ch


be
th


A
nd


im
a


9
19


92


N
$1


1.
00



N


$1
.6


5
N


$1
2.


65


20
A


p
ri


l1
9


9
0


,
co


n
ve


n
e


d
b


y
th


e
M


in
is


tr
y


o
f L


o
ca


l
G


o
ve


rn
m


e
n


t a
n


d
H


ou
si


ng


N
T


M
R


2
T


ra
ve


l r
ep


or
t


on
t


he
N


E
P


R
U


s
pe


ak
er


/c
on


su
lta


tio
n


to
u


r
T


o
r


S
el


ls
tr


om


11


19
92



N


$1
1.


00


N
$1


.6
5


N
$1


2.
65



o


f S
ou


th
A


fr
ic


a,
1


1-
22


A
u


g
u


st
1


99
1


N
T


M
R


3
R


ep
or


t
on


t
he


N
at


io
na


l C
on


fe
re


nc
e


on
Y


ou
th



Jo


hn
O


rf
or


d
&


R
ut


h
B


og
os


i
7


19
92



N


$1
0.


00


N
$1


.5
0


N
$1


1.
50



Er


np
lo


yu
~t


mt
S


tw
to


g
io


s,
c


o
n


vo
n


o
d


b
y


th
e


M
in


is
tt


y
o


f
Y


ou
l/1


a
n


d
S


po
rt


,
W


in
dh


oe
k,


2
6-


28
F


eb
ru


ar
y


19
92




N
T


M
R


4
R


e
p


o
tt


o
n


th
e


W
or


ks
ho


p
on


G
e


n
d


e
r R


es
ea


rc
h


Jo
hn


O
rf


or
d


&
R


ut
h


B
og


os
i


4
19


92


N
$9


.0
0


N
$1


.3
5


N
$1


0.
35



M


et
ho


dG
io


gy
,


co
n


ve
n


e
d


b
y


th
e


D
e


ve
lo


p
m


e
n


t
C


oo
pe


ra
tio


n
O


ffi
ce


o
f t


he
S


w
ed


is
h


E
m


ba
ss


y,
W


in
dh


oe
k,



9-


13
M


at
ch


1
99


2


7




P
u


b
li
c
a


ti
o


n


T
it


le


A
u


th
o


rs


N
o


.
o


f
Y


e
a


r
C


o
s
t


V
A


T
A


m
o


u
n


t
T


o
ta


l
A


m
o


u
n


t
ID



P


a
g


e
s


P
u


b
lis


h
e


d


N
T


M
R


5


R
ep


or
t o


n
th


e
N


at
io


na
l W


or
ks


ho
p


on
I


nd
us


tr
ia


l P
ol


ic
y,



P


e
te


r
A


m
u


te
n


ya
,


Jo
h


n
O


rf
o


rd
&


R
o


b
in


S
h


e
rb


o
u


rn
e



29



1


9
9


2


N
$


1
8


.0
0



N


$
2


.7
0



N


$
2


0
.7


0


co
nv


en
ed


b
y


th
e


M
in


is
tr


y
o


f T
ra


de
a


n
d


In
du


st
ry


,
W


in
dh


oe
k,


2
7-


28
A


p
ri


/1
9


9
2




N
T


M
R


6


P
op


ul
at


io
n


a
n


d
d


ev
el


op
m


en
t:



a


ba
ck


gr
ou


nd
r


ep
or


t o
n


H
e


n
n


in
g


M
e


lb
e


r
8


1
9


9
3



N


$
1


0
.0


0


N
$


1
.5


0


N
$


1
1


.5
0


"


th
e


T
hi


rd
A


fr
ic


an
P


op
ul


at
io


n
C


on
fe


re
nc


e
a


t D
ak


ar
,


S
en


eg
al


,
7-


12
D


e
ce


m
b


e
r


19
92


,
w


ith
s


pe
ci


al
r


ef
er


en
ce


t
o


th
e


N
am


ib
ia


n
si


tu
at


io
n


N
T


M
R


7


R
el


oc
at


io
n


o
f t


he
v


et
er


in
ar


y
co


rd
on


f
en


ce
:


re
po


rt
o


n
P


e
te


r
A


m
u


te
n


ya


1
2



1


9
9


3


N
$


1
2


.0
0



N


$
1


.8
0



N$


1~
.8


0
/F


A
D


f
ie


ld
m


is
si


on
,


O
ct


o
b


e
r


19
92




N
T


M
R


8


M
in


is
te


ri
al


M
ee


tin
g


on
C


ro
ss


-B
or


de
r


T
ra


de
,


In
ve


st
m


en
t


S
a


u
l K


a
h


u
ik


a


1
0



1


9
9


4


N
$


1
1


.0
0



N


$
1


.6
5



N


$
1


2
.6


5


I.J
fl(


l P
uy


m
un


ts
in


E
u


st
u


m
u


nc
i S


ou
t1


1e
m


A
fr


ic
a


an
cl


t1
1e



In


di
an


O
ce


an
A


re
a,


K
am


pa
la


,
U


ga
nd


a,
2


7
A


u
g


u
st


1
99


3


N
T


M
R


9


S
A


D
C


W
or


ks
ho


p
on


t
he


P
ro


du
ct


iv
e


S
ec


to
r,


M
ba


ba
ne



S


a
u


l K
a


h
u


ik
a



1


0


1
9


9
4



N


$
1


1
.0


0


N
$


1
.6


5


N
$


1
2


:6
5



S


w
az


ila
nc


l,
1-


4
N


o
ve


m
b


e
r


19
93




N
T


M
R


1
0



R


ep
or


t o
n


A
vo


id
in


g
M


ar
gi


na
lis


at
io


n:
C


an
S


ou
th


a
n


d


T
jiu


a
i K


a
n


g
u


e
e


h
i &


I
re


n
e


T
lh


a
se



1


0


1
9


9
5



N


$
1


0
.0


0


N
$


1
.5


0


N
$


1
1


.5
0



S


ou
th


er
n


A
fr


ic
a


B
ec


om
e


G
lo


ba
lly


C
om


pe
tit


iv
e


N
T


M
R


1
1



Tw


o
su


b-
re


gi
on


w
or


ks
ho


ps
o


n
m


ic
ro


a
n


d
s


m
a


ll
D


ir
k


H
a


n
so


h
m


&
W


e
n


d
le


y
S


h
iim


i
11



1


9
9


5


N
$


1
1


.0
0



N


$
1


.6
5



N


$
1


2
.6


5


en
te


rp
ris


es
p


ro
m


ot
io


n,
G


ab
or


on
e,


2
-5


N
o


ve
m


b
e


r
19


94


N
T


M
R


1
2



S


e
n


io
r p


o
lic


y
w


or
ks


ho
p


on
s


tim
ul


at
in


g
a


n
d


s
us


ta
in


in
g


D
irk


. H
a


n
so


h
m


&
W


e
n


d
le


y
S


h
iim


i
11



1


9
9


5


N
$


1
1


.0
0



N


$
1


.6
5



N


$
1


2
.6


5


sm
al


l a
n


d
m


ed
iu


m
s


ca
le


e
nt


er
pr


is
es


,
A


dd
is


A
ba


ba
,


14
-


18
N


o
ve


m
b


e
r


19
94




N
T


M
R


1
3



S


A
R


/P
S


IS
A


P
E


S
In


st
itu


tio
na


l a
n


d
A


ca
d


e
m


ic
F


ra
m


ew
or


k
Ir


e
n


e
T


lh
a


se


11


1
9


9
5



N


$
1


1
.0


0


N
$


1
.6


5


N
$


1
2


.6
5



o


f t
ile


M
as


te
rs


in
P


o
lic


y
S


tu
di


es
:


P
la


nn
in


g
M


ee
tin


g,


H
ar


ar
e


8-
10


M
ar


ch
1


99
5


N
T


M
R


1
4



T


hi
rd


S
E


P
A


C
C


on
fe


re
nc


e
on


S
m


a
ll


E
nt


er
pr


is
e


D
ir


k
H


a
n


so
h


m
&


A
n


n
a


E
ra


st
u


s-
S


a
ch


a
ri


a


12


1
9


9
6



N


$
1


1
.0


0


N
$


1
.6


5


N
$


1
2


.6
5



P


ro
m


ot
io


n
in


S
ou


rt
he


rn
A


fr
ic


a,
G


ab
or


on
e,


3
1


O
ct


o
b


e
r-


1
N


ov
em


be
r


1 9
9


6


N
T


M
R


1
5



39


th
A


n
n


u
a


l M
e


e
tin


g
o


f t
he


A
fr


ic
an


S
tu


di
es


A
ss


oc
ia


tio
n,



D


ir
k


H
a


n
so


h
m



9


1
9


9
7



N


$
1


0
.0


0


N
$


1
.5


0


N
$


1
1


.5
0



S


a
n


F
ra


nc
is


co
,


23
-2


6
N


o
ve


m
b


e
r


19
96




O
C


C
A


S
IO


N
A


L
P


A
P


E
R


S


IS
S


N
-1


0
2


6
-9


2
2


3


N
O


P
1


S
tr


at
eg


ic
T


er
rit


or
y


a
n


d
T


er
rit


or
ia


l S
tr


at
eg


y:


Th
e


D
a


vi
d


S
im


o
n



6


5


1
9


9
5



N


$
3


0
.0


0


N
$


4
.5


0


N
$


3
4


.5
0



G


eo
po


lit
ic


s
o


f W
al


vi
s


B
ay


's
I


nt
eg


ra
tio


n
in


to
N


am
ib


ia


N
O


P
2



Th


e
C


ol
la


ps
e


o
f S


ta
te


S
o


ci
a


lis
m


in
E


as
te


rn
E


ur
op


e
-


R
e


in
h


a
rd


t
K


e
ss


le
r


2
2



1


9
9


5


N
$


1
5


.0
0



N


$
2


.2
5



N


$
1


7
.2


5


Le
ss


on
s


fo
r


S
ou


th
er


n
A


fr
ic


a?


N
O


P
3



S


co
pe


s
fo


r
P


ol
ic


ie
s


to
w


ar
ds


t
he


D
ev


el
op


m
en


t o
f


M
a


th
ia


s
S


e
ic


h
e



8


8


1
9


9
5



N


$
3


8
.0


0


N
$


5
.7


0


N
$


4
3


.7
0



In


fo
rm


al
S


m
a


ll
B


us
in


es
s


in
N


am
ib


ia


8




P
u


b
lic


a
ti


o
n



T


it
le



A


u
th


o
rs



N


o.
o


f
Y


e
a


r
C


o
st


V
A


T
A


m
o


u
n


t
T


o
ta


l
A


m
o


u
n


t
ID



P


a
g


e
s


P
u


b
lis


h
e


d


N
O


P
4


M
ig


ra
nt


s,
M


o
n


e
y


a
n


d
th


e
M


ili
ta


ry
:


Th
e


S
oc


ia
l


D
ou


gl
as


W
e


b
b


&
D


av
id


S
im


o
n



38



19


95


N
$


2
1


.0
0



N


$3
.1


5
N


$2
4.


1
S.



E


p
id


e
m


io
lo


g
y


o
f H


I V
IA


/O
S


in
O


va
m


bo
,


N
or


th
er


n
N


am
ib


ia


N
O


P
5



N


am
ib


ia
's


N
o


m
in


a
l a


n
d


R
ea


l M
ul


til
at


er
al


E
xc


h
a


n
g


e
R


at
e


Jo
hn


O
rf


or
d


26


19
95



N


$
1


7
.0


0


N
$2


.5
5


N
$


1
9


.5
5




N
O


P
6



S


h
o


u
ld


th
e


N
am


ib
ia


n
D


o
lla


r b
e


de
va


lu
at


ed
?


R
ob


in
S


he
rb


ou
rn


e
28



19


95


N
$


1
7


.0
0



N


$2
.5


5
N


$.
J
9~


55


N
O


P
7


'T
ha


t
w


ei
rd


F
ol


ly
-


Lo
ve


f
o


r
W


or
k"


:
O


n
th


e
C


o
m


in
g


a
b


o
u


t
R


ei
nh


ar
t


K
af


11
er



12



19


96


N
$


1
2


.0
0



N


$1
.8


0
N


$
1


3
.8


0


o
f I


n
In


du
st


ri
al


W
or


ki
ng


A
tt


itu
de


s


N
O


P
8


W
ha


t's
in


a
m


a
p


?
R


eg
io


na
l P


ro
je


ct
s


in
W


in
dh


oe
k,



D


av
id


S
im


on


43


19
96



N


$
2


2
.0


0


N
$3


.3
0


N
$2


5.
30



N


am
ib


ia


N
O


P
9


I o
w


-i
n


co
n


w
l


io
u


si
n


g
P


ro
jo


ct
s


in
W


in
d/


w
ok


,
N


am
ib


ia
.


A


A
st


ri
d


S
ec


ke
m


an
n


41


19
97



N


$
2


1
.0


0


N
$3


.1
5


N
$


2
4


.1
5



C


on
tr


ib
ut


io
n


to
S


us
ta


in
ab


le
U


rb
an


D
e


ve
lo


p
m


e
n


t?


N
O


P
10



P


ro
bl


em
s


w
ith


t
he


E
st


ab
lis


hm
en


t
o


f a
N


a
tio


n
a


l C
u


rr
e


n
cy



S


op
hi


e
C


ha
uv


in


37


19
97



N


$
1


9
.0


0


N
$2


.8
5


N
$


2
1


.8
5



a


n
d


a
n


In
d


e
p


e
n


d
e


n
t


M
on


et
ar


y
P


o
lic


y
fo


r
a


LO
G


.
Th


e
N


am
ib


ia
n


C
as


e


N
O


P
11



D


om
es


tic
W


or
ke


rs
' D


a
ily


L
iv


es
in


P
o


st
-A


p
a


rt
h


e
id



D


or
te


0
st


re
n


g


10
2


19
97



N


$4
3.


00


N
$6


.4
5


N
$


4
9


.4
5



N


am
ib


ia


N
O


P
12



F


ro
m


R
es


er
ve


t
o


H
om


el
an


d:
S


ou
th


A
fr


ic
an


"
N


at
iv


e"


R
ei


nh
ar


t
K


as
sl


er


68


19
97



N


$3
0.


00


N
$4


.5
0


N
$


3
4


.5
0



P


o
lic


y
in


S
o


u
ti


le
m


N
am


ib
ia




N
O


P
13



N


am
ib


ia
S


in
ce


I
nd


ep
en


de
nc


e:


Le
ss


on
s


fr
om


t
he


E
as


t
T


h
o


m
a


s
H


as
tin


gs


36


19
98



N


$2
3.


00


N
$3


.4
5


N
$


2
6


.4
5



A


si
an


"
M


ir
ac


le
"


N
O


P
14



M


e
a


n
in


g
s


o
f D


e
ve


lo
p


m
e


n
t


R
ei


nh
ar


t
K


a
ss


le
r


43


19
99



N


$2
6.


00


N
$3


.9
0


N
$2


9.
90




N
O


P
15



T


11
t1



R


ol
e


o
f R


e
m


itt
a


n
ce


s
in


t
ile


N
am


ib
ia


n
E


co
n


o
m


y
T


h
o


m
a


s
H


as
lin


gs


60


19
99



N


$
3


4
.0


0


N
$5


.1
0


N
$3


9.
10




N
O


P
16



O


ut
lo


ok
o


f t
he


N
am


ib
ia


n
ec


on
om


y:


Th
e


ro
le


a
n


d


T
er


hi
K


ar
vi


ne
n


73


19
99



N


$3
3.


00


N
$4


.9
5


N
$


3
7


.9
5



fu


nd
in


g
o


f s
m


a
ll


a
n


d
m


ed
iu


m
e


nt
er


pr
is


es


N
O


P
17



P


ro
du


ct
io


n
a


n
d


e
xc


ha
ng


e
a


m
o


n
g


th
e


H
im


ba
o


f
M


ic
ha


el
B


ol
lig



36



19


99


N
$1


6.
00



N


$2
.4


0
N


$1
8.


40


N
or


th
w


es
te


rn
N


a
m


ib
ia




N
O


P
18



B


u
si


n
e


ss
T


ra
in


in
g


in
t


he
A


g
e


o
f G


lo
ba


lis
at


io
n


T
o


b
ia


s
B


u
ss


e
r


31


20
00



N


$3
8.


00


N
$5


.7
0


N
$


4
3


.7
0




N
O


P
19



In


te
re


st
s


a
n


d
s


o
ci


o
-e


co
n


o
m


ic
d


ev
el


op
m


en
t


in
t


he


W
ol


fg
an


g
Z


e
lle


r
82



20


00


N
$4


4.
00



N


$6
.6


0
N


$
5


0
.6


0


C
ap


ri
vi


R
eg


io
n


-
fr


om
a


h
is


to
ri


ca
l p


e
rs


p
e


ct
iv


e


N
O


P
20



D


e
ve


lo
p


m
e


n
t o


f U
rb


an
S


et
tle


m
en


ts
in


I
n


d
e


p
e


n
d


e
n


t
A


st
ri


d
S


e
ck


e
lm


a
n


n


11
4


20
01



N


$5
8.


00


N
$8


.7
0


N
$


6
6


.7
0



N


w
11


1b
ia




V
IE


W
P


O
IN


T
S



IS


S
N


-1
0


2
7


-1
8


0
5



--


--
--


·-
-


N
V


P
1


N
E


P
R


U
V


ie
w


po
in


t
on


P
ro


du
ct


io
n


&
I


n
ve


st
m


e
n


t
N


E
P


R
U



0


19
95



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0


N
V


P
2


F
oc


us
o


n
P


o
ve


tt
y


a
n


d
G


ov
er


nm
en


t P
o


lic
y


N
E


P
R


U


0
19


96


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0




P
u


b
lic


a
ti


o
n



T


it
le



A


u
th


o
rs



N


o.
o


f
Y


e
a


r
C


o
st


V
A


T
A


m
o


u
n


t
T


o
ta


l
A


m
o


u
n


t
ID



P


a
g


e
s


P
u


b
lis


h
e


d


N
V


P
3


F
oc


us
o


n
th


e
A


n
n


u
a


l B
ud


ge
t


19
96


19
7


N
E


P
R


U


0
19


96


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
V


P
4


Q
ua


rt
er


ly
E


co
no


m
ic


R
ev


ie
w



N


E
P


R
U



0


19
96



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0


N
V


P
5


F
oc


us
o


n
U


rb
an


is
at


io
n,


M
ig


ra
tio


n
a


n
d


R
eg


io
na


l P
ol


ic
y


N
E


P
R


U


0
19


96


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
V


P
6


Q
ua


rt
er


ly
E


co
no


m
ic


R
ev


ie
w



N


E
P


R
U



0


19
96



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0


N
V


P
7


Q
ua


rt
er


ly
E


co
no


m
ic


R
e


vi
e


w
-


M
ar


ch
1


99
7


H
o


st
e


r
B


eb
i,


A
nn


e-
M


ar
ie


B
rit


s,
M


a
ry


H
an


se
n,


E
bs


on
U


an
gu


ta
,


0
19


97


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$E


.O
O



D


ir
k


H
a


n
so


h
m


&
C


a
th


y
P


re
sl


an
d


N
V


P
8


F
oc


us
o


n
th


e
A


n
n


u
a


l B
ud


ge
t


19
97


19
8


(M
ar


ch
1


99
6)



D


ir
k


H
an


so
hm


,
H


en
ni


ng
M


el
be


r,
P


et
er


N
ia


s
&


E
bs


on
U


an
gu


ta


0
19


97


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
V


P
9


ro
w


s
0/


1
tll


u
E


ffu
ct


s
o


f U
tw


w
lis


u
tiu


n
O


il
t


llu
B


u
u


f &


M
o


o
n


o
M


up
ot


ol
a-


S
ib


on
go


,
W


ol
fg


an
g


W
er


ne
r,


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,


0
19


97


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


M
ai


ze
S


ec
to


rs
in


F
iv


e
S


A
D


C
C


o
u


n
tr


ie
s-


Ju
ne


1
99


7
Le


sl
ey


B
la


a
u


w


N
V


P
10



N


at
io


na
l D


ev
el


op
m


en
t P


la
n


1
-


Ju
n


e
1


9
9


7


A
nn


a
E


ra
st


us
-S


ac
ha


ri
a,


J
oh


n
M


ot
in


ga
,


P
et


er
N


ia
s


&
E


bs
on



0


19
97



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
U


an
gu


ta


.N
V


P
11



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
Ju


ne
1


99
7


F
el


ic
ie


n
A


rig
bo


,
H


o
st


e
r


B
eb


i,
M


ar
y


H
an


se
n,


D
irk


H
an


so
hm


,
Jo


hn


0
19


96


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


M
ot


in
ga


,
C


a
th


y
P


re
sl


an
d,


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,
E


bs
on


U
an


gu
ta


&


W
ol


fg
an


g
W


e
rn


e
r


N
V


P
12



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
S


e
p


te
m


b
e


r
19


97


F
el


ic
ie


n
A


rig
bo


,
H


o
st


e
r


B
eb


i,
D


ir
k


H
an


so
hm


,
H


en
ni


ng
M


el
be


r,


0
1


9
9


7


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,
E


bs
on


U
an


gu
ta




N
V


P
13



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
D


e
ce


m
b


e
r


19
97



D


ir
k


H
an


so
hm


,
Jo


hn
M


ot
in


ga
,


H
o


st
e


r
B


eb
i,


W
ol


ga
ng


W
er


ne
r,



0


19
97



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
Le


sl
ey


B
la


a
u


w
&


C
a


th
y


P
re


sl
an


d


N
V


P
14



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
M


ar
ch


1
99


8
Le


sl
ey


B
la


au
w


,
D


ir
k


H
an


so
hm


,
E


sa
u


K
aa


ku
ng


a,
J


oh
n


M
ot


in
ga


,
0


19
98



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
K


la
us


S
ch


a
d


e
a


nd
W


ol
fg


an
g


W
e


rn
e


r


N
V


P
15



O


ff-
sh


or
e


R
es


ou
rc


es
in


N
am


ib
ia


-
A


n
E


xp
o


'9
8


Jo
hn


M
ot


in
ga


a
nd


W
ol


fg
an


g
W


e
rn


e
r


0
19


98


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


V
ie


w
p


o
in


t-
A


p
ri


l1
9


9
8




N
V


P
16



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
Ju


ne
1


99
8


Le
sl


ey
B


la
au


w
,


D
irk


H
an


so
hm


,
E


sa
u


K
aa


ku
ng


a
an


d
K


la
us



0


19
98



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
S


ch
ad


e


N
V


P
17



F


oc
us


o
n


th
e


S
A


D
C


F
re


e
T


ra
de


A
re


a
(F


T
A


)-
A


u
g


u
st



Le


sl
ey


B
la


au
w


,
M


ar
y


H
an


se
n


an
d


Jo
hn


M
ot


in
ga



0


19
98



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
19


98


N
V


P
18



Q


u
a


tt
e


rl
y


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
S


e
p


te
m


b
e


r
19


98


Le
sl


ey
B


la
au


w
,


D
irk


H
an


so
hm


,
N


tin
tin


O
ra


nj
e


an
d


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e
0


19
98



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0


N
V


P
19



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
D


e
ce


m
b


e
r


19
98



Le


sl
ey


B
la


au
w


,
N


tin
tin


O
ra


nj
e,


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,
D


irk
H


an
so


hm


0
19


98


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
V


P
20



U


u
Jr


tu
rl


y
~
c
u
n
u
m
i
c
H


e
vi


u
w


-
M


w
c/


1
H


J9
9


D
irk


H
an


so
hm


,
N


am
en


i K
al


ili
,


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,
R


ow
la


n
S


im
ps


on


0
19


99


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
V


P
21



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
S


e
p


te
m


b
e


r
19


99


E
bs


on
U


an
gu


ta
,


D
irk


H
an


so
hm


,
N


am
en


e
K


al
ili


,
K


la
us


S
ch


ad
e,



0


19
99



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
R


ow
la


n
S


im
ps


on


N
V


P
22


-2
6


C
an


N
am


ib
ia


D
o


be
tt


er
?


P
ol


ic
y


op
tio


ns
to


i
m


pr
ov


e
D


ir
k


H
an


so
hm


,
R


ob
in


S
he


rb
ou


rn
e,


N
in


o
F


ro
de


m
a


0
19


99


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


ec
on


om
ic


p
er


fo
rm


an
ce




10




P
u


b
lic


a
ti


o
n



T


it
le



A


u
th


o
rs



N


o.
o


f
Y


e
a


r
C


o
st


V
A


T
A


m
o


u
n


t
T


o
ta


l
A


m
o


u
n


t
ID



..


..


·-
-
-
~
~

..


P
a


g
e


s
P


u
b


lis
h


e
d




N
V


P
27



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
D


e
ce


m
b


e
r


19
99



E


bs
on


U
an


gu
ta


,
K


la
us


S
ch


ad
e,


N
in


o
F


re
de


m
a,


D
ir


k
H


an
so


hm
,


0
19


99


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
(}



Jo


hn
A


sh
ip


al
a


N
V


P
28



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


n
o


m
ic


R
e


vi
e


w
-


M
ar


ch
2


00
0


E
bs


on
U


an
gu


ta
,


Jo
hn


A
sh


ip
al


a,
P


an
du


le
ni


E
la


go
,


E
rw


in


0
20


00


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
ai


fT
1h


W
ak


a,
H


op
ol


an


P
ho


ro
ro


,
K


la
us


S
ch


ad
e,


D
ir


k
H


an
so


hm


N
V


P
29



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
Ju


ne
2


00
0


E
bs


on
U


an
gu


ta
,


Jo
h


n
A


sh
ip


al
a,


R
os


a
E


nd
ja


la
,


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,


0
20


00


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


C
al


ic
io


us
T


ut
al


ife


N
V


P
30



V


ie
w


po
in


t o
n


V
A


T


H
o


st
e


r
B


eb
i_


.


0
20


00


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
V


P
31



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
S


e
p


te
m


b
e


r 2
0


0
0



K


la
us


S
ch


ad
e,


R
os


a
E


nd
ja


la
,


A
nn


a
E


ra
st


us
-S


ac
ha


ri
a,


E
rw


in


0
20


00


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
ai


m
hw


ak
a,


N
in


o
F


ro
de


m
a


D
ir


k
H


an
so


hm


N
V


P
32



A


V
ie


w
po


in
t


on
t


he
N


at
io


na
l B


ud
ge


t
K


la
us


S
ch


a
d


e
N


am
en


e
K


al
ili



D


ir
k


H
an


so
hm


R
os


a
E


nd
ja


la


0
20


00


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


C
al


ic
io


us
T


ut
al


ife


N
V


P
33



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
D


e
ce


m
b


e
r 2


0
0


0


A
nn


a
E


ra
st


us
,


B
en


H
ar


ris
,


N
a


m
e


n
e


K
al


ili
,


E
rw


in
N


ai
m


hw
ak


a,


0
20


00


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,
C


hr
is


to
ph


S
to


rk
,


C
al


ic
io


us
T


ut
al


ife
,


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,


D
ir


k
H


an
so


hm


N
V


P
34



V


ie
w


po
in


t:
Th


e
Lo


m
e


C
on


ve
nt


io
n,


t
he


C
ot


on
ou



R


os
a


E
nd


ja
la


,
N


in
o


F
ro


de
m


a,
K


la
us


S
ch


ad
e,


D
ir


k
H


an
so


hm


0
20


01


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


C
on


ve
nt


io
n


a
n


d
N


am
ib


ia


N
V


P
35



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
M


ar
ch


2
00


1
Jo


ha
n


D
ah


l R
os


a
E


nd
ja


la
D


irk
H


an
so


hm
B


en
H


ar
ri


s
N


am
en


e
0


20
01



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
K


al
ili



A


nt
on


i M
as


ar
ak


uf
a


G
ra


ce
M


oh
am


ed
D


an
ie


l
M


ot
in


ga


M
aa


no
N


ep
em


be


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e


N
V


P
36



B


us
in


es
s


C
lim


at
e


S
ur


ve
y


-
V


ie
w


po
in


t
Jo


h
a


n
D


ah
l,


A
nt


on
i M


as
ar


ak
uf


a,
M


aa
no


N
ep


em
be


,
C


al
ic


io
us



0


20
01



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
T


ut
al


ife
·


N
V


P
37



V


ie
w


po
in


t o
n


th
e


N
at


io
na


l B
ud


ge
t


K
la


us
S


ch
ad


e,
N


am
e1


1e
K


al
ili


,
M


a
a


n
o


N
ep


em
be



0


20
01



N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0
N


$0
.0


0


N
V


P
38



Q


ua
rt


er
ly


E
co


no
m


ic
R


e
vi


e
w


-
Ju


ly
2


00
1


A
nn


a
E


ra
st


us
,


R
os


a
E


nd
ja


la
,


N
a


m
e


n
e


K
al


ili
,


A
nt


on
i M


as
ar


ak
uf


a,


0
20


01


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


G
ra


ce
M


oh
am


m
ed


,
D


an
ie


l M
ot


in
ga


,
E


rw
in


N
ai


m
hw


ak
a,


M
aa


no


N
ep


em
be


,C
al


ic
io


us
_T


ut
al


ife
,


Jo
h


a
n


D
ah


l


N
E


P
R


U
N


E
W


S
B


U
L


L
E


T
IN



.I


S
S


N
1


68
0-


65
81



--


--
--


--
--


N
N


B


N
E


P
R


U
N


ew
s


B
ul


le
tin



M


a
ry


H
an


se
n


0
20


01


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


N
$0


.0
0


;:
-,
·,
-;
:.
-~
-"
"-
-~
·-
·:


t .. _~
, ,_,


,:
·/.-


~·-
. .'A


'-
-
·
·